Avyakt murli for Friday 18 February 1994

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>118-02-94 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन18-02-94 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban18-02-94 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x18-02-94 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 18-02-94 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2स्वमान की स्मृति का स्विच ऑन करने से - देह भान के अंधकार की समाप्तिsvamān kī|key smr̥iti kā switch on karnē sē - dēh bhān kē|K andhkār kī|key samāptisvamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch on[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] - dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness of switch on[x] do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from - body awareness (of|K) darkness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) completion3ताज , तख्त और तिलक की स्मृति दिलाकर फरिश्ते स्वरूप में स्थित कराने वाले अकालमूर्त बापदादा अपने अकाल तख्तनशीन बच्चों प्रति बोले -tāj , takht aur tilak kī|key smr̥iti dilākar phariśhtē svarūp mē̃ sthit karānē vālē akālmūrt bāpdādā apnē akāl takhtnaśhīn bachchō̃ prati bōlē -tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[abs.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] akāl mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] akāl[adj.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] prati bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] -crown , throne and tilak (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness x[abs.] angel form in stabilised make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who immortal image BapDada one’s own immortal seated on the throne child for (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) -

1Today BapDada, the image of immortality, is seeing all of the children who are on the throne of immortality, wearing the crown of world benefit: the children who have a tilak sparkling at the centre of their forehead.

4आज अकाल मूर्त बाप सभी अकाल तख्तधारी , विश्व कल्याण के ताजधारी , मस्तक में चमकते हुए बिन्दी के तिलकधारी बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj akāl mūrt bāp sabhī akāl takhtadhārī , viśhva kalyāṇ kē|K tājdhārī , mastak mē̃ chamaktē huē bindī kē|K tilakdhārī bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj akāl mūrt[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] akāl[adj.] takhtadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tājdhārī[adj.] , mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tilakdhārī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today immortal image father all immortal x , world benefit (of|K) crowned , forehead in x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] point (of|K) x child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 5हर एक तख्तधारी भी हैं , ताजधारी भी हैं , तिलक भी सभी का चमक रहा है . har ēk takhtadhārī bhī haĩ , tājdhārī bhī haĩ , tilak bhī sabhī kā chamak rahā hai . har ēk[x] takhtadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tājdhārī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . each one x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , crowned too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , tilak too all of x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

2Each one is wearing a tilak, and also has the crown. 3The tilak of each of you is sparkling: the soul - the dot - is sparkling like a star, and is visible in the centre of the forehead of each one.

6सभी के मस्तक बीच आत्मा बिन्दी सितारे के समान दिखाई दे रही है . sabhī kē|K mastak bīch ātmā bindī sitārē kē|K samān dikhāī dē rahī hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīch ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . all (of|K) forehead centre soul point star (of|K) equal be visible .

4All of you are also seeing your throne, crown, and tilak.

7आप सभी भी अपने तख्त , ताज और तिलक को देख रहे हो . āp sabhī bhī apnē takht , tāj aur tilak kō dēkh rahē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . you all too one’s own throne , crown and tilak to see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . 8सारी सभा बापदादा को ताज और तिलकधारी , तख्तनशीन दिखाई दे रही है . sārī sabhā bāpdādā kō tāj aur tilakdhārī , takhtnaśhīn dikhāī dē rahī hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tilakdhārī[adj.] , takhtnaśhīn[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . the whole court BapDada to crown and x , seated on the throne be visible .

5BapDada is seeing the whole gathering as those who are wearing the crown, who have a tilak applied, and who are seated on the throne.

9ये अलौकिक सभा , कलियुगी राज्य सभा और सतयुगी राज्य सभा से कितनी न्यारी और प्यारी है  ! yē alaukik sabhā , kaliyugī rājya sabhā aur satyugī rājya sabhā sē kitnī nyārī aur pyārī hai  ! yah[pn.pl.d.] alaukik[adj.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] , kaliyugī[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] aur satyugī[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! this alokik court , iron-aged kingdom court and golden-aged kingdom court from so unique and loving be[pres.sg.23]  !

6This alokik gathering is so lovely and unique, compared to the Golden-Aged royal gathering and the Iron-Aged royal gathering.

10तो ऐसी सभा की अधिकारी आत्मायें कितनी प्यारी हैं  ! tō aisī sabhā kī|key adhikārī ātmāyē̃ kitnī pyārī haĩ  ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ! then such court (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (one) who has a right soul so loving be[pres.pl.12hon3]  !

7So, the souls who have a right to such a gathering are so lovely and unique.

11आप सभी को भी अपना ये तख्त , ताज और तिलकधारी स्वरूप प्यारा लगता है ना  ! āp sabhī kō bhī apnā yē takht , tāj aur tilakdhārī svarūp pyārā lagtā hai nā  ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tilakdhārī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! you all to too (adopt[root]|one’s own) this throne , crown and x form loving x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

8All of you love your form of being seated on the throne, wearing the crown, and having the tilak applied, do you not?

12जब अकाल तख्तनशीन , अकालमूर्त , श्रेष्ठ आत्मा स्थिति में स्थिति हो तख्त पर बैठते हो तो यह स्थिति कितनी श्रेष्ठ है  ! jab akāl takhtnaśhīn , akālmūrt , śhrēṣhṭh ātmā sthiti mē̃ sthiti hō takht par baiṭhtē hō tō yah sthiti kitnī śhrēṣhṭh hai  ! jab akāl[adj.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] , akāl mūrt[n.f.;sg.] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! when immortal seated on the throne , immortal image , elevated soul stage in stage (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) throne (at|other) sit[pres.pl.m.2] then this stage so elevated be[pres.sg.23]  !

9When you stabilise yourself in the stage of being an elevated soul - an immortal image - seated on the throne of immortality, then this stage is so elevated.

13सभी के श्रेष्ठ स्थिति की झलक इस सूरत को फरिश्ता बना देती है . sabhī kē|K śhrēṣhṭh sthiti kī|key jhalak is sūrat kō phariśhtā banā dētī hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jhalaknā[root]|jhalak[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . all (of|K) elevated stage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (sparkle[root]|x) this x to angel (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) . 14साधारण सूरत नहीं , फरिश्ता सूरत . sādhāraṇ sūrat nahī̃ , phariśhtā sūrat . sādhāraṇ[adj.] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] . ordinary x not , angel x .

10The sparkle of this most elevated stage makes this face into that of an angel: not an ordinary face, but an angelic face.

15तो फरिश्ता सूरत भी कितनी प्यारी है  ! tō phariśhtā sūrat bhī kitnī pyārī hai  ! tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! then angel x too so loving be[pres.sg.23]  !

11The angelic face is also loved so much.

16फरिश्ते सभी को बहुत प्यारे लगते हैं . phariśhtē sabhī kō bahut pyārē lagtē haĩ . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . angel all to very loving x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

12Everyone loves angels a great deal. 13Why do they love them?

17क्योंकि फरिश्ता सर्व का होता है , एक-दो का नहीं . kyōṅki phariśhtā sarv kā hōtā hai , ēk-dō kā nahī̃ . kyōṅki phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ēk-dō kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . because angel all of be[pres.sg.m.23] , one another of not .

14Because angels belong to everyone, and not just to one or two.

18बेहद की दृष्टि , बेहद की वृत्ति , बेहद की स्थिति वाला है . bēhad kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi , bēhad kī|key vr̥itti , bēhad kī|key sthiti vālā hai . bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] , bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti , unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude , unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage those who be[pres.sg.23] .

15An angel is one who has unlimited vision, an unlimited attitude, and an unlimited stage.

19फरिश्ता सर्व आत्माओं के प्रति परमात्म सन्देश वाहक है . phariśhtā sarv ātmāō̃ kē prati paramātma sandēśh vāhak hai . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sandēśh[x] vāhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . angel all soul for Supreme Soul message x be[pres.sg.23] .

16An angel is the carrier of the Godly message to all souls.

20फरिश्ता अर्थात् सदा उड़ती कला वाला . phariśhtā arthāt sadā uṛtī kalā vālā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt sadā uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . angel that is constantly fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who .

17An angel means one who constantly has the flying stage.

21फरिश्ता अर्थात् सर्व का रिश्ता एक बाप से जुटाने वाला है . phariśhtā arthāt sarv kā riśhtā ēk bāp sē juṭānē vālā hai . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] juṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . angel that is all of relationship one father from x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

18An angel means one who forges everyone’s connection with the one Father.

22फरिश्ता अर्थात् डबल लाइट . phariśhtā arthāt double light . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt double light[x] . angel that is double-light . 23देह और देह के सम्बन्ध से न्यारा , हल्का . dēh aur dēh kē|K sambandh sē nyārā , halkā . dēh[n.f.;sg.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . body and body (of|K) relationship from unique , light .

19An angel means unshakeable light: detached from the body and bodily relations, light.

24फरिश्ता अर्थात् सर्व को स्वयं की चलन और चेहरे द्वारा बाप समान बनाने वाला . phariśhtā arthāt sarv kō svayã kī|key chalan aur chēhrē dvārā bāp samān banānē vālā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] svayã karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dvārā bāp samān[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . angel that is all to x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) behaviour and face through equal to the Father create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

20An angel means one who, through their features and activities, makes everyone similar to the Father.

25फरिश्ता अर्थात् सहज और स्वतः अनादि और आदि संस्कार सदा इमर्ज स्वरूप में दिखाने वाला . phariśhtā arthāt sahaj aur svataḥ anādi aur ādi saṅskār sadā emerge svarūp mē̃ dikhānē vālā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt sahaj[adj.] aur svataḥ anādi[adj.] aur ādi[adj.] saṅskār[x] sadā emerge svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . angel that is easy and automatically eternal and etc. sanskar constantly emerge form in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

21An angel means one who easily and naturally reveals their original and eternal sanskars, in an emerged form.

26फरिश्ता अर्थात् निमित्त भाव , निर्मान स्वभाव और सर्व प्रति कल्याण की श्रेष्ठ भावना वाला . phariśhtā arthāt nimitt bhāv , nirmān svabhāv aur sarv prati kalyāṇ kī|key śhrēṣhṭh bhāvnā vālā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nirmān[adj.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sarv[adj.] prati kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . angel that is instrument consciousness , humble nature and all for benefit (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) elevated feeling those who . 27ऐसे फरिश्ते हो ना  ? aisē phariśhtē hō nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? such angel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

22An angel means one who has the consciousness of of being an instrument, who has a humble nature, and elevated good wishes of benevolence for everyone.

28फलक से कहो-हम नहीं होंगे तो कौन होगा  ! phalak sē kahō-ham nahī̃ hōṅgē tō kaun hōgā  ! phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] x nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! sparkle of intoxication from x not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then who be[fut.m.sg.23]  !

23You are such angels, are you not? 24Or do you have to become one?

29फलक है ना  ! phalak hai nā  ! phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! sparkle of intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 30तो बापदादा ऐसे फरिश्तों की दरबार देख रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā aisē phariśhtō̃ kī|key darbār dēkh rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada such angel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) court see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

25Say with that intoxication: “If I do not become this then who will?”.

31सिर्फ इसी स्वमान में स्थित रहने से देहभान स्वतः ही समाप्त हो जायेगा . sirph isī svamān mē̃ sthit rahnē sē dēhbhān svataḥ hī samāpt hō jāyēgā . sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.hī] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . only this[.hī] self-respect in stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] from body consciousness automatically only finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

26You have this intoxication, have you not? 27BapDada is seeing the court of such angels.

32बाप देखते हैं कि बच्चे देहभान को छोड़ने की बहुत मेहनत करते हैं . bāp dēkhtē haĩ ki bachchē dēhbhān kō chhōṛnē kī|key bahut mēhnat kartē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that child body consciousness to renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

28Simply by stabilising yourself in this stage of self-respect, body-consciousness will automatically finish.

33एक देहभान के रूप को छोड़ते हैं तो दूसरा आ जाता है , फिर दूसरे को छोड़ते हैं तो तीसरा आ जाता है . ēk dēhbhān kē|K rūp kō chhōṛtē haĩ tō dūsrā ā jātā hai , phir dūsrē kō chhōṛtē haĩ tō tīsrā ā jātā hai . ēk[adj.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one body consciousness (of|K) Rup to renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then other come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , (turn[root]|then) other to renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then third come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

29Baba sees that children are making a lot of effort to let go of body-consciousness. 30They let go of one form of body-consciousness, and another form emerges.

34लेकिन छोड़ना सदा मुश्किल होता है और धारण करना सहज होता है . lēkin chhōṛnā sadā muśhkil hōtā hai aur dhāraṇ karnā sahaj hōtā hai . lēkin chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sadā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur dhāraṇ karnā[x] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] constantly difficult be[pres.sg.m.23] and adopt[x] easy be[pres.sg.m.23] .

31However, although it is always difficult to let go, it is easy to imbibe another form.

35तो बापदादा कहते हैं कि स्वमान में सदा रहो . tō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki svamān mē̃ sadā rahō . tō bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sadā rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that self-respect in constantly remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

32So BapDada says: stabilise yourself in your stage of self-respect.

36जहाँ स्वमान है वहाँ देहभान आ ही नहीं सकता . jahā̃ svamān hai vahā̃ dēhbhān ā hī nahī̃ saktā . jahā̃ svamān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . where there self-respect be[pres.sg.23] there body consciousness come[root] only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

33Then, when there is self-respect, there cannot be any body-consciousness.

37तो छोड़ने की मेहनत नहीं करो लेकिन स्वमान में स्थित रहने का अटेन्शन रखो और संगमयुग पर स्वयं बाप द्वारा कितने अच्छे-अच्छे स्वमान प्राप्त हैं . tō chhōṛnē kī|key mēhnat nahī̃ karō lēkin svamān mē̃ sthit rahnē kā attention rakhō aur saṅgamyug par svayã bāp dvārā kitnē achchhē-achchhē svamān prāpt haĩ . tō chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but self-respect in stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and confluence age (at|other) x father through so achcha self-respect reached be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

34Do not make effort to let go, but pay attention to stabilising yourself in your self-respect. 35And, at the Confluence Age, you have attained so much self-respect from the Father, which is the best of all.

38प्राप्त करना नहीं है , प्राप्त हैं . prāpt karnā nahī̃ hai , prāpt haĩ . prāpt karnā[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . reach not be[pres.sg.23] , reached be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

36You do not still have to attain it: you have already attained it.

39अपने स्वमान की लिस्ट निकालो . apnē svamān kī|key list nikālō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 40कितनी बड़ी लिस्ट है  ! kitnī baṛī list hai  ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! so very list be[pres.sg.23]  !

37Make a list of your stages of self-respect: it is such a big list.

41सारे कल्प में कितने भी स्वमान अर्थात् टाइटल्स किसी भी नामीग्रामी आत्मा के हों , चाहे राजनेता हो , चाहे अभिनेता हो , चाहे धर्मात्मा हो , चाहे महान आत्मा हो , उनके अगर टाइटल गिनती भी करो तो आपके स्वमान की लिस्ट से ज्यादा हो सकते हैं  ? sārē kalp mē̃ kitnē bhī svamān arthāt titles kisī bhī nāmīgrāmī ātmā kē|K hō̃ , chāhē rājanētā hō , chāhē abhinētā hō , chāhē dharmātmā hō , chāhē mahān ātmā hō , unkē agar title gintī bhī karō tō āpkē svamān kī|key list sē jyādā hō saktē haĩ  ? sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] svamān[x] arthāt title kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] nāmīgrāmī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dharm-ātmā[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.pl.kē] agar title ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? the whole cycle in so too self-respect that is title (anything|some) too x soul (of|K) be[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) great soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.kē] if title (x[pres-part.f.]|x) too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you[.kē] self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list from more be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ?

38Throughout the entire kalpa, no famous soul has so much respect, or so many titles, whether he is a ruler, an actor, a dharamatma, or a mahatma. 39If you were to count your titles, could they be more than your list of self-respect?

42और रोज सवेरे-सवेरे बापदादा स्वमान की स्मृति दिलाते हैं , स्वमान में स्थित कराते हैं . aur rōj savērē-savērē bāpdādā svamān kī|key smr̥iti dilātē haĩ , svamān mē̃ sthit karātē haĩ . aur rōz savērē bāpdādā svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and day in the morning BapDada self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remind , self-respect in stabilised make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

40And BapDada reminds you of your self-respect every morning, and stabilises you in your self-respect.

43रोज भी एक नये ते नया स्वमान स्मृति में रखो तो स्वमान के आगे देहभान ऐसे भाग जाता जैसे रोशनी के आगे अंधकार भाग जाता . rōj bhī ēk nayē tē nayā svamān smr̥iti mē̃ rakhō tō svamān kē āgē dēhbhān aisē bhāg jātā jaisē rōśhnī kē āgē andhkār bhāg jātā . rōz bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō svamān[x] kē āgē[x] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē āgē[x] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . day too one new from new self-respect awareness in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then self-respect in front of body consciousness such (part|run[root]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] like light in front of darkness (part|run[root]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

41Daily, keep a new point of self-respect in your awareness. 42Then, in front of self- respect, body-consciousness will run away, in such a way as when darkness is dispelled by light.

44न समय लगता , न मेहनत लगती . na samay lagtā , na mēhnat lagtī . na[neg] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . not time x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , not effort x[pres-part.f.] .

43It takes neither time nor effort.

45तो बार-बार भिन्न-भिन्न देहभान को मिटाने की मेहनत क्यों करते हो  ? tō bār-bār bhinn-bhinn dēhbhān kō miṭānē kī|key mēhnat kyō̃ kartē hō  ? tō bār[n.f.;sg.] bhinn[adj.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then time different body consciousness to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort why do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

44So, why do you make effort to finish body-consciousness again and again?

46स्वमान की स्मृति का स्विच ऑन करना नहीं आता है क्या  ? svamān kī|key smr̥iti kā switch on karnā nahī̃ ātā hai kyā  ? svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch on[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā  ? self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness of switch on[x] do[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres.sg.m.23] what  ?

45Do you not know how to put on the switch of self-respect?

47कितना भी गहरा काला बादल सूर्य की रोशनी को छिपाने वाला हो लेकिन आपके पास ऑटोमेटिक डायरेक्ट परमात्म लाइट का कनेक्शन है . kitnā bhī gahrā kālā bādal sūrya kī|key rōśhnī kō chhipānē vālā hō lēkin āpkē pās|pass automatic direct paramātma light kā connection hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] gahrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kālā[x] bādal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] chhipānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass automatic direct paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] connection hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so too deep ugly cloud sun (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) light to hide[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but you[.kē] (x|pass) x direct Supreme Soul light of connection be[pres.sg.23] .

46No matter how much a dark cloud may hide the light of the sun, you have an automatic direct connection of light with the Supreme.

48डायरेक्ट लाइन है ना  ? direct line hai nā  ? direct line[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? direct line be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

47You have this, do you not?

49लाइन क्लीयर है या लीकेज है  ? line clear hai yā leakage hai  ? line clear hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā leakage hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? line x be[pres.sg.23] or leakage be[pres.sg.23]  ?

48You have direct light, do you not?

50किसका लिंक होता है लेकिन लीकेज हो जाती है . kiskā link hōtā hai lēkin leakage hō jātī hai . kaun[pn.sg.kā] link hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin leakage hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . who[.kā] link be[pres.sg.m.23] but leakage be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

49It is clear, or is there a leakage? 50A direct line is so powerful.

51तो डायरेक्ट लाइन कितनी पॉवरफुल होती है  ! tō direct line kitnī powerful hōtī hai  ! tō direct line[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] powerful hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ! then direct line so powerful be[pres.sg.f.23]  !

51Do you have a direct connection, or an indirect connection?

52डायरेक्ट कनेक्शन है या इनडायरेक्ट है  ? direct connection hai yā indirect hai  ? direct connection hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā indirect hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? direct connection be[pres.sg.23] or indirect be[pres.sg.23]  ?

52It is direct, is it not? 53Does everyone have this line?

53सभी की डायरेक्ट लाइन है ना  ? sabhī kī|key direct line hai nā  ? sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key direct line[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direct line be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

54Has everyone received a direct line?

54सभी को डायरेक्ट लाइन मिल गई है  ? sabhī kō direct line mil gaī hai  ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] direct line[x] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]  ? all to direct line receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]  ? 55फिर तो एक बादल क्या , सारे बादल आ जायें , अंधकार कर सकते हैं क्या  ? phir tō ēk bādal kyā , sārē bādal ā jāyē̃ , andhkār kar saktē haĩ kyā  ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] tō ēk[adj.] bādal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bādal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kyā  ? (turn[root]|then) then one cloud what , the whole cloud come[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , darkness do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] what  ?

55Then, let alone one cloud, but even if there were many clouds, could they create darkness?

56स्मृति का स्विच डायरेक्ट लाइन से ऑन किया और इतनी लाइट आ जायेगी जो स्वयं तो लाइट में होंगे ही लेकिन औरों के लिये भी लाइट हाउस हो जायेंगे . smr̥iti kā switch direct line sē on kiyā aur itnī light ā jāyēgī jō svayã tō light mē̃ hōṅgē hī lēkin aurō̃ kē|K liyē bhī light house hō jāyēṅgē . smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch direct line[x] sē[postp.] on karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] light ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] svayã tō light mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] lēkin aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] light house[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . awareness of switch direct line from on do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and such light come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] that x then light in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] only but others (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too lighthouse be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

56As soon as you turn on the switch of consciousness with a direct line, then what happens? 57There is so much light that, not only are you in light, but you also become a lighthouse for others.

57ऐसे होता है ना  ? aisē hōtā hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? such be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

58It is like this, is it not?

58अनुभवी हो ना  ? anubhavī hō nā  ? anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ? 59लेकिन कभी-कभी अनुभव को किनारे रख देते हैं . lēkin kabhī-kabhī anubhav kō kinārē rakh dētē haĩ . lēkin kabhī[adv.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . but ever experience to x keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

59You have encountered this, have you not? 60However, sometimes you put aside your experiences.

60सहारा मिला है लेकिन कभी-कभी सहारे के बजाय किनारे हो जाते हैं . sahārā milā hai lēkin kabhī-kabhī sahārē kē|K bajāy kinārē hō jātē haĩ . sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin kabhī[adv.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . support receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but ever support (of|K) x x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

61You have received a support but instead of taking this support, you put yourself aside. 62Does it take effort?

61मेहनत लगती है क्या  ? mēhnat lagtī hai kyā  ? mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyā  ? effort x[pres.sg.f.23] what  ?

63Perhaps not always, but sometimes?

62सदा नहीं लगती , कभी-कभी लगती है  ! sadā nahī̃ lagtī , kabhī-kabhī lagtī hai  ! sadā nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] , kabhī[adv.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ! constantly not x[pres-part.f.] , ever x[pres.sg.f.23]  !

64Or do you you not find it any effort at all? 65You are saying “yes”.

63स्विच ऑन करना भूल जाते हो क्या  ? switch on karnā bhūl jātē hō kyā  ? switch on[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā  ? switch on[x] do[inf.m.sg.d.] x[pres.pl.m.2] what  ?

66Achcha, is it you that forgets to turn on the switch?

64वास्तव में अगर एक मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमानका स्वमान भी याद हो तो मेहनत की कोई बात ही नहीं है . vāstav mē̃ agar ēk master sarvaśaktimānakā svamān bhī yād hō tō mēhnat kī|key kōī bāt hī nahī̃ hai . vāstav mē̃[x] agar ēk[adj.] master x svamān[x] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x if one master x self-respect too remembrance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) some matter only not be[pres.sg.23] .

67In fact, if you even remember the stage of the self-respect of being a master almighty authority, then there is no question of any effort at all.

65मार्ग मेहनत का नहीं है लेकिन हाइ-वे के बजाय गलियों में चले जाते हो वा मंज़िलके निशाने से और आगे बढ़ जाते हो तो लौटने की मेहनत करनी पड़ती है . mārg mēhnat kā nahī̃ hai lēkin hāi-vē kē|K bajāy galiyō̃ mē̃ chalē jātē hō vā mañzilakē niśhānē sē aur āgē baṛh jātē hō tō lauṭnē kī|key mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai . mārg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē galī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] vā x niśhānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] aur āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō lauṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . path effort of not be[pres.sg.23] but x (of|K) x x in (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) or x x from and previously grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .

68The path is not difficult, but instead of going on the highway, you go on the small roads. 69Or you even go past your destination, and then you have to make the effort to return.

66बापदादा सदा अपने स्नेह और सहयोग की गोदी में बिठाकर मंज़िलपर ले जा रहे हैं . bāpdādā sadā apnē snēh aur sahyōg kī|key gōdī mē̃ biṭhākar mañzilapar lē jā rahē haĩ . bāpdādā sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] biṭhānā[abs.] x lē jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada constantly one’s own love and cooperation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x in x[abs.] x carry .

70BapDada constantly seats you in his lap of love and co-operation, and takes you towards the destination.

67गोदी में बैठकरमंज़िल पर पहुँचने में मुश्किल क्यों होता है  ? gōdī mē̃ baiṭhakaramañzil par pahuñchnē mē̃ muśhkil kyō̃ hōtā hai  ? gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] x par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] muśhkil[adj.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? x in x (at|other) reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] in difficult why be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

71So what is difficult in sitting in the lap and reaching the destination? 72Why is it difficult?

68स्नेह और सहयोग की गोदी से निकल कभी और आकर्षण खींचती है तो चक्कर लगाने निकल जाते हो . snēh aur sahyōg kī|key gōdī sē nikal kabhī aur ākarṣhaṇ khīñchtī hai tō chakkar lagānē nikal jātē hō . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[root] kabhī[adv.] aur ākarṣhaṇ[x] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . love and cooperation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from be extracted[root] ever and attraction pull[pres.sg.f.23] then cycle attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] be extracted[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . 69थक भी जाते हो फिर मेहनत भी महसूस करते हो . thak bhī jātē hō phir mēhnat bhī mahsūs kartē hō . thaknā, phathaknā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] mahsūs karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . become desperate[root] too go[pres.pl.m.2] (turn[root]|then) effort too experience[pres.pl.m.2] .

73You come out of the lap of love and co-operation, and you are pulled by the attractions of something, and so you go on a tour elsewhere.

70तो इस वर्ष क्या करेंगे  ? tō is varṣh kyā karē̃gē  ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then this year what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 71मेहनत समाप्त . mēhnat samāpt . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] samāpt[adj.] . effort finished .

74You even get tired, and then experience having to labour.

72मोहब्बत में , लव में लीन हो जाओ , लवलीन हो हर कार्य करो . mōhabbat mē̃ , lav|love mē̃ līn hō jāō , lavlīn hō har|her kārya karō . muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] līn[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , lavlīn[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . love in , (Luv|love) in merged be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x|x[root]) task do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

75So, what will you do this year? 76Finish hard work, and merge yourself in love.

73जो लीन होता है उसको और कुछ दिखाई नहीं देता , आकर्षितनहीं करता . jō līn hōtā hai uskō aur kuchh dikhāī nahī̃ dētā , ākarṣitanahī̃ kartā . jō[pn.;d.] līn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] aur kuchh[x] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , x karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that merged be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] x (x[past-part.f.]|x) not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , x do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

77Those who are absorbed in love are not able to see anything else. 78They are not attracted by anything else.

74तो लव में रहते हो . tō lav|love mē̃ rahtē hō . tō lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then (Luv|love) in remain[pres.pl.m.2] .

79So they remain absorbed in love.

75ऐसा कोई होगा जो कहे-मुझे बाप से प्यार नहीं है , लव नहीं है  ! aisā kōī hōgā jō kahē-mujhē bāp sē pyār nahī̃ hai , lav|love nahī̃ hai  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] x bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! such some be[fut.m.sg.23] that x father from love not be[pres.sg.23] , (Luv|love) not be[pres.sg.23]  !

80Would there be anyone who says that he hasn’t got love for Baba? 81All of you would say “yes”.

76सभी का लव है ना  ! sabhī kā lav|love hai nā  ! sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! all of (Luv|love) be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

82You would say “Ha ji”. 83Is this right?

77लेकिन कभी लव में रहते हो , कभी लव में लीन रहते हो . lēkin kabhī lav|love mē̃ rahtē hō , kabhī lav|love mē̃ līn rahtē hō . lēkin kabhī[adv.] lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kabhī[adv.] lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] līn[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . but ever (Luv|love) in remain[pres.pl.m.2] , ever (Luv|love) in merged remain[pres.pl.m.2] .

84You have love for Baba, do you not? 85Sometimes you have love, and sometimes you become merged in love.

78नहीं तो देखो मन-बुद्धि द्वारा स्थिति में बाप का सर्व सम्बन्धों से साथ है . nahī̃ tō dēkhō man-buddhi dvārā sthiti mē̃ bāp kā sarv sambandhō̃ sē sāth hai . nahī̃ tō[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . otherwise see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x through stage in father of all relationship from with be[pres.sg.23] .

86Otherwise, you have the company of the Father in all relationships with your mind and intellect. 87Do you have this company?

79साथ भी है और सेवा में बाप हर समय साथी है . sāth bhī hai aur sēvā mē̃ bāp har|her samay sāthī hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . with too be[pres.sg.23] and service in father (x|x[root]) time companion be[pres.sg.23] .

88Or only sometimes? 89So, you have Baba’s company, and Baba is also your Companion in service, at every moment.

80तो स्थिति में साथ है और सेवा में साथी है . tō sthiti mē̃ sāth hai aur sēvā mē̃ sāthī hai . tō sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then stage in with be[pres.sg.23] and service in companion be[pres.sg.23] .

90So he is with you in your stage, and is your Companion in service.

81जहाँ सदा साथ भी है और साथी भी है तो वहाँ क्या मुश्किल है  ? jahā̃ sadā sāth bhī hai aur sāthī bhī hai tō vahā̃ kyā muśhkil hai  ? jahā̃ sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vahā̃ kyā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? where there constantly with too be[pres.sg.23] and companion too be[pres.sg.23] then there what difficult be[pres.sg.23]  ?

91So where there is the constant company, and he is your Companion, then what can be difficult?

82परम आत्मा की महिमा ही है मुश्किल को सहज करने वाले . param ātmā kī|key mahimā hī hai muśhkil kō sahaj karnē vālē . param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] muśhkil[adj.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . Supreme soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise only be[pres.sg.23] difficult to easy do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

92The praise of the Supreme Soul is of One who makes easy that which is difficult.

83ऐसा बाप आपके साथ है और साथी है तो मुश्किल हो सकता है  ? aisā bāp āpkē sāth hai aur sāthī hai tō muśhkil hō saktā hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? such father you[.kē] with be[pres.sg.23] and companion be[pres.sg.23] then difficult be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

93Such a Father is with you, and he is your Companion, so can anything be difficult?

84फिर क्यों मुश्किल करते हो  ? phir kyō̃ muśhkil kartē hō  ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyō̃ muśhkil[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? (turn[root]|then) why difficult do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

94Then why do you make it difficult?

85सर्व सम्बन्धों की सर्व समय प्रमाण बाप स्वयं हर बच्चे को ऑफर करते हैं . sarv sambandhō̃ kī|key sarv samay pramāṇ bāp svayã har|her bachchē kō offer kartē haĩ . sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sarv[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] offer karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all relationship (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all time (under) father x (x|x[root]) child to offer do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 86जैसा समय वैसे सम्बन्ध से साथ रहो वा साथी बनाओ . jaisā samay vaisē sambandh sē sāth rahō vā sāthī banāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vā sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like time x relationship from with remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

95God, the Supreme, offers himself to the children at all times in all relationships. 96So stay with him according to the time, and according to the relationship, and make him your Companion.

87कोई समय तो सम्बन्ध से साथी बनाते हो और कोई समय साथी को किनारे कर देते हो . kōī samay tō sambandh sē sāthī banātē hō aur kōī samay sāthī kō kinārē kar dētē hō . kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur kōī[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . some time then relationship from companion create[pres.pl.m.2] someone else time companion to x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .

97Sometimes you have the relationship with him of a Companion, and sometimes you put aside the Companion. 98What do you then say?

88फिर कहते हैं कि अकेलापन फील होता है . phir kahtē haĩ ki akēlāpan feel hōtā hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] feel hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (turn[root]|then) say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x feel be[pres.sg.m.23] .

99That you feel lonely: whilst moving along, you feel lonely.

89चलते-चलते अकेलापन लगता है . chaltē-chaltē akēlāpan lagtā hai . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x x[pres.sg.m.23] .

100What happens when you feel lonely?

90और अकेलापन होने से क्या होता है  ? aur akēlāpan hōnē sē kyā hōtā hai  ? aur akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? and x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

101You experience your elevated life to be an ordinary life.

91अपना श्रेष्ठ जीवन साधारण जीवन अनुभव होता है . apnā śhrēṣhṭh jīvan sādhāraṇ jīvan anubhav hōtā hai . apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (adopt[root]|one’s own) elevated life ordinary life experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .

102You then say that your life has become boring, and that you need some change.

92फिर कहते हैं बोरिंग लाइफ हो गई है , कुछ चेंज चाहिये . phir kahtē haĩ boring life hō gaī hai , kuchh change chāhiyē . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] boring life[x] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , kuchh change chāhiē . (turn[root]|then) say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , anything change should .

103On one side, you please BapDada, saying that you are combined.

93एक तरफ बापदादा को खुश करते हैं कि हम तो कम्बाइन्ड हैं . ēk taraph bāpdādā kō khuśh kartē haĩ ki ham tō combined haĩ . ēk taraph[x] bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] tō combined hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x BapDada to happy do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we then combined be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 94कम्बाइन्ड कभी अकेला होता है क्या  ? combined kabhī akēlā hōtā hai kyā  ? combined kabhī[adv.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā  ? combined ever alone be[pres.sg.m.23] what  ?

104But can someone who is combined ever feel lonely? 105You speak very well of these things: “no really Baba, I am combined”.

95बड़ी अच्छी-अच्छी बातें करते हैं-बाबा , हम तो हैं ही कम्बाइन्ड . baṛī achchhī-achchhī bātē̃ kartē haĩ-bābā , ham tō haĩ hī combined . baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x , ham[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] combined . very achcha matter do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x , we then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only combined .

106Then, ten years later, fifteen years later, twenty years later, you say: “No, I want a change..

96फिर 15-20 वर्ष बीतता तो कहते हैं चेंज चाहिये , अकेले हो गये हैं . phir 15-20 varṣh bīttā tō kahtē haĩ change chāhiyē , akēlē hō gayē haĩ . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] 15-20 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] change chāhiē , akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) 15-20 year pass[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] change should , alone be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

107I have become alone”. 108Generally also, if people want some change, what do they do?

97वैसे भी देखो दुनिया में अगर चेंज चाहते हैं तो कोई सागर के किनारे पर जाकर सो जाते हैं , कोई मनोरंजन में चले जाते हैं , डांस करते हैं , कोई गीतों के मौज में मौज मनाते हैं , कोई कम्पनी या कम्पैनियन का साथ लेते हैं . vaisē bhī dēkhō duniyā mē̃ agar change chāhtē haĩ tō kōī sāgar kē|K kinārē par jākar sō jātē haĩ , kōī manōrañjan mē̃ chalē jātē haĩ , dance kartē haĩ , kōī gītō̃ kē|K mauj mē̃ mauj manātē haĩ , kōī company yā companion kā sāth lētē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] agar change chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kōī[pn.;d.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[abs.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] , dance karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] gīt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] company yā companion kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] world in if change x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then some ocean (of|K) x (at|other) go[abs.] sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , some entertainment in (continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) , dance do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some x (of|K) pleasure in pleasure celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some company or x of with take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

109Some will go to sleep along the ocean shore, some will turn to entertainment, some will turn to dance, some will enjoy themselves in the pleasure of songs, and some will seek the company of a companion. 110What else do you do? 111This is what you do, is it not? 112Is there anything else that you do?

98यही करते हो ना  ! yahī kartē hō nā  ! yahī[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! this do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

113What else do you do?

99खेल करते हो  ? khēl kartē hō  ? khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? (play|play[root]) do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

114You play games?

100खेलों की दुनिया में बगीचे में चले जाते हो  ! khēlō̃ kī|key duniyā mē̃ bagīchē mē̃ chalē jātē hō  ! khēl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive]  ! play (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) world in garden in (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive])  !

115You go into the world of games. 116You go into the gardens.

101यहाँ ज्ञान सागर का किनारा है यह भूल जाते हो . yahā̃ gyān sāgar kā kinārā hai yah bhūl jātē hō . yahā̃ gyān sāgar[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] . here Ocean of Knowledge of x be[pres.sg.23] this x[pres.pl.m.2] .

117There you forget the shores of the ocean of knowledge here.

102अगर सागर पसन्द है तो सागर के किनारे बैठ जाओ . agar sāgar pasand hai tō sāgar kē|K kinārē baiṭh jāō . agar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . if ocean love be[pres.sg.23] then ocean (of|K) x sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

118If you like the ocean, then sit by the shores of the Ocean.

103बाप ज्ञान सागर है ना . bāp gyān sāgar hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] gyān sāgar[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . father Ocean of Knowledge be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

119Baba is the Ocean of Knowledge.

104बाप कम्पैनियन नहीं है क्या  ? bāp companion nahī̃ hai kyā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] companion nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? father x not be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

120Is Baba not your Companion? 121Is he your Companion?

105उससे मजा नहीं आता है  ? ussē majā nahī̃ ātā hai  ? vah[pn.sg.sē] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? that[.sē] pleasure not come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

122Do you enjoy his company?

106कि समझते हो बिन्दी से क्या मजा आयेगा  ! ki samajhtē hō bindī sē kyā majā āyēgā  ! ki[conj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] kyā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! that understand[pres.pl.m.2] point from what pleasure come[fut.m.sg.23]  !

123Or do you think: “what pleasure can be experienced from a point?”

107आप सभी को सदा बहलाने के लिये तो ब्रह्मा बाप भी अव्यक्त हुए . āp sabhī kō sadā bahlānē kē|K liyē tō brahmā bāp bhī avyakt huē . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sadā bahlānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] avyakt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . you all to constantly entertain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then Brahma father too avyakt be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

124Brahma Baba also became avyakt in order to entertain all of you.

108लेकिन यहाँ तो सदा का साथी चाहिये ना . lēkin yahā̃ tō sadā kā sāthī chāhiyē nā . lēkin yahā̃ tō sadā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē nā . but here then constantly of companion should ∅ . 109जब भी अपने को अकेलापन अनुभव करो तो उस समय बिन्दु रूप नहीं याद करो . jab bhī apnē kō akēlāpan anubhav karō tō us samay bindu rūp nahī̃ yād karō . jab bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when too one’s own to x experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then that time point Rup not remember . 110वह मुश्किल होगा , उससे बोर हो जायेंगे . vah muśhkil hōgā , ussē bōr hō jāyēṅgē . vah[pn.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.sē] bōrnā[root]|bore hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . that difficult be[fut.m.sg.23] , that[.sē] (drown[root]|bore) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

125Whenever you experience yourselves to be lonely, remember the entertaining stories of your Brahmin life. 126At that time, do not remember the point form: that will be difficult, and you will become bored through that.

111लेकिन अपने ब्राह्मण जीवन की भिन्न-भिन्न समय की रमणीक अनुभव की कहानियाँ स्मृति में लाओ . lēkin apnē brāhmaṇ jīvan kī|key bhinn-bhinn samay kī|key ramaṇīk anubhav kī|key kahāniyā̃ smr̥iti mē̃ lāō . lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhinn[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ramaṇīk[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kahānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but one’s own Brahmin life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) different time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) entertaining experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

127However, a all of you have the book the entertaining stories and experiences of your Brahmin life. 128Do all of you have the book of the entertaining stories?

112अनुभव की कहानियों का किताब सभी के पास है . anubhav kī|key kahāniyō̃ kā kitāb sabhī kē pās hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kahānī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x of book all to be[pres.sg.23] .

129Or do some of you not have it? 130You are not saying “yes”.

113जब बोर हो जाते हैं तो नॉवेल्स पढ़ते हैं ना . jab bōr hō jātē haĩ tō novels paṛhtē haĩ nā . jab bōrnā[root]|bore hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō novel paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . when (drown[root]|bore) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then novel study[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .

131What do you do when you become bored? 132You read novels, do you not?

114तो आप अपने कहानियों का किताब खोलो और उसे पढ़ने में बिजी हो जाओ . tō āp apnē kahāniyō̃ kā kitāb khōlō aur usē paṛhnē mē̃ busy hō jāō . tō āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahānī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] khōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.sg.kō] paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] busy hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . then you one’s own x of book open[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that[.kō] study[inf.m.pl.,o.] in busy be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

133So, open the book of your stories, and make yourself busy in that.

115अपने स्वमान की लिस्ट को सामने लाओ , अपने प्राप्तियों की लिस्ट को सामने लाओ . apnē svamān kī|key list kō sāmnē lāō , apnē prāptiyō̃ kī|key list kō sāmnē lāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list kō[postp.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list kō[postp.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one’s own attainment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

134Bring the list of your stages of self-respect in front of you. 135Bring your list of attainments in front of you.

116ब्राह्मण संसार के विचित्र प्रैक्टिकल कहानियों को स्मृति में लाओ . brāhmaṇ saṅsār kē|K vichitr practical kahāniyō̃ kō smr̥iti mē̃ lāō . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vichitr[adj.] practical kahānī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Brahmin world (of|K) unique practical x to awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

136Bring into your awareness the unique, practical stories of the Brahmin world.

117जैसे अपने को चेंज करने के लिये समाचार पत्र पढ़ने का भी आधार लेते हैं तो ब्राह्मण संसार के कितने अलौकिक समाचार आदि से अब तक देखे हैं वा सुने हैं , समाचार पत्र भी आपके पास हैं . jaisē apnē kō change karnē kē|K liyē samāchār patra paṛhnē kā bhī ādhār lētē haĩ tō brāhmaṇ saṅsār kē|K kitnē alaukik samāchār ādi sē ab tak dēkhē haĩ vā sunē haĩ , samāchār patra bhī āpkē pās|pass haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] change karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] alaukik[adj.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ab[adv.] tak dēkhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vā sunnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like one’s own to change do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] news x study[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too basis take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then Brahmin world (of|K) so alokik news etc. from now until see[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or listen[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , news x too you[.kē] (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

137Just as you take the support of the newsletters to transform yourselves, in the same way, you have seen and heard so much news of the Brahmin world, from the beginning until now. 138You also have those newsletters with yourselves.

118कइयों को पेपर पढ़ने के बिना चैन नहीं आता है . kaiyō̃ kō paper paṛhnē kē|K binā chain nahī̃ ātā hai . kaī kō[postp.] paper paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā chain[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . some to paper study[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without comfort not come[pres.sg.m.23] .

139Many people experience restlessness unless they read the papers.

119पेपर भी आपके पास है . paper bhī āpkē pās|pass hai . paper bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] . paper too you[.kē] (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] . 120पेपर पढ़ो . paper paṛhō . paper paṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . paper study[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

140You also have the papers, so read them.

121डान्स और साज़ तो जानते ही हो . dance aur sāz tō jāntē hī hō . dance aur sāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . dance and x then know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

141You know music, and even how to dance.

122बिना थकावट के डांस करते हो . binā thakāvaṭ kē|K dance kartē hō . binā thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dance karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . without tiredness (of|K) dance do[pres.pl.m.2] .

142Continue to dance tirelessly.

123मनमनाभव होना ही सबसे बड़ा मनोरंजन है . manmanābhav hōnā hī sabsē baṛā manōrañjan hai . manmanābhav hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Manmanabhav be[inf.m.sg.d.] only the most very entertainment be[pres.sg.23] .

143The greatest entertainment is to fix your mind on One (become Manmanabhav) .

124क्योंकि सर्व सम्बन्धों का रस वा अनुभूतियां करना ही मनमनाभव है . kyōṅki sarv sambandhō̃ kā ras vā anubhūtiyā̃ karnā hī manmanābhav hai . kyōṅki sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ras[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā anubhūti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] manmanābhav hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because all relationship of sweetness or experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] only Manmanabhav be[pres.sg.23] . 125सिर्फ बाप के रूप में या विशेष तीन रूपों के सम्बन्ध से अनुभव नहीं है लेकिन सर्व सम्बन्धों के स्नेह का अनुभव कर सकते हो . sirph bāp kē|K rūp mē̃ yā viśhēṣh tīn rūpō̃ kē|K sambandh sē anubhav nahī̃ hai lēkin sarv sambandhō̃ kē|K snēh kā anubhav kar saktē hō . sirph[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā viśhēṣh[adj.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . only father (of|K) Rup in or special x Rup (of|K) relationship from experience not be[pres.sg.23] but all relationship (of|K) love of experience do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

144There isn’t just the experience of the special three forms of relationship with the Father, but you can also experience the love of all relationships. 145You remember Baba with all relationships, but what difference is created?

126सम्बन्धों से याद तो करते हो लेकिन फर्क क्या हो जाता है  ? sambandhō̃ sē yād tō kartē hō lēkin phark kyā hō jātā hai  ? sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ? relationship from remembrance then do[pres.pl.m.2] but difference what be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ?

146It is one thing to remember Baba just on the basis of knowledge, with your head.

127एक है दिमाग से नॉलेज के आधार पर सम्बन्ध को याद करना और दूसरा है दिल से उस सम्बन्ध के स्नेह में , लव में लीन हो जाना . ēk hai dimāg sē knowledge kē|K ādhār par sambandh kō yād karnā aur dūsrā hai dil sē us sambandh kē|K snēh mē̃ , lav|love mē̃ līn hō jānā . ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[x] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] līn[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one be[pres.sg.23] head from knowledge (of|K) basis (at|other) relationship to remember and other be[pres.sg.23] heart from that relationship (of|K) love in , (Luv|love) in merged (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .

147And it is another thing to become absorbed in the love of that relationship, from within your heart. 148So you only do half of it, and half is left out.

128आधा तो करते हो बाकी आधा रह जाता है . ādhā tō kartē hō bākī ādhā rah jātā hai . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] bākī|bākī ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . half then do[pres.pl.m.2] (but|others) half remain[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

149This is why you are alright for a short time.

129इसलिये थोड़ा समय तो ठीक रहते हो , थोड़े समय के बाद सिर्फ दिमाग से ही सम्बन्ध को याद किया तो दिमाग में दूसरी बात आने से दिल बदल जाता है . isliyē thōṛā samay tō ṭhīk rahtē hō , thōṛē samay kē bād sirph dimāg sē hī sambandh kō yād kiyā tō dimāg mē̃ dūsrī bāt ānē sē dil badal jātā hai . isliē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] sirph[adj.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . therefore short time then OK remain[pres.pl.m.2] , short time after only head from only relationship to remember then head in other matter (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from heart change[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

150However, after a short time - because you remember the relationship with your head - when something else comes into your head, you then forget whatever is in your heart. 151Then you have to make effort. 152Then what do you say?

130फिर मेहनत करनी पड़ती है . phir mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . (turn[root]|then) effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .

153“I remembered Baba.. 154Baba is my companion..

131फिर क्या कहते हो-हमने याद तो किया , बाबा मेरा कम्पैनियन है , लेकिन कम्पैनियन ने तोड़ तो निभाई नहीं , अनुभव तो कुछ हुआ नहीं - ये दिमाग से याद किया . phir kyā kahtē hō-hamanē yād tō kiyā , bābā mērā companion hai , lēkin companion nē tōṛ tō nibhāī nahī̃ , anubhav tō kuchh huā nahī̃ - yē dimāg sē yād kiyā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x yād[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] companion hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin companion nē[postp.] tōṛnā[root]|tōṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nibhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kuchh hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] - yah[pn.pl.d.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (turn[root]|then) what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x remembrance then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , Baba I[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] , but x ∅ (break[root]|responsibilities) then fulfil[past-part.f.] not , experience then anything be[past-part.m.sg.d.] not - this head from remember . 132दिल में स्नेह को समाया नहीं . dil mē̃ snēh kō samāyā nahī̃ . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . heart in love to merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] not .

155Baba is my companion, but the companion did not fulfil his responsibility”. 156You did not experience anything. 157This is because you only remembered with your head: this is not merging in love with your heart.

133जब भी कोई बात दिमाग में आती है तो वह निकलती भी जल्दी है . jab bhī kōī bāt dimāg mē̃ ātī hai tō vah nikaltī bhī jaldī hai . jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] nikalnā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] jaldī hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when too some matter head in come[pres.sg.f.23] then that be extracted[pres-part.f.] too very quickly be[pres.sg.23] .

158Anything that comes into your head, also goes out of your head very quickly.

134लेकिन दिल में समा जाती है तो उसको चाहे सारी दुनिया भी दिल से निकालना चाहे , तो भी नहीं निकाल सकती . lēkin dil mē̃ samā jātī hai tō uskō chāhē sārī duniyā bhī dil sē nikālnā chāhē , tō bhī nahī̃ nikāl saktī . lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikālnā[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] , tō bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] nikālnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . but heart in merge[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then that[.kō] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) the whole world too heart from x[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] , ∅ not x[root] can[pres-part.f.] .

159But once something is merged in your heart , then even if the whole world wishes to take that away from your heart, they are not able to do that.

135तो सर्व सम्बन्धों को समय प्रमाण , जिस समय जिस सम्बन्ध की आवश्यकता है , आवश्यकता है फ्रेंड की और याद करो बाप को तो मजा नहीं आयेगा . tō sarv sambandhō̃ kō samay pramāṇ , jis samay jis sambandh kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai , āvaśhyaktā hai phrēṇḍ kī|key aur yād karō bāp kō tō majā nahī̃ āyēgā . tō sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jis samay[x] jō[pn.sg.o.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then all relationship to time (under) , x that relationship (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] , need be[pres.sg.23] x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and remember father to then pleasure not come[fut.m.sg.23] .

160So, according to the time, whatever relationship you wish to have, at whatever time, then have that connection. 161For instance, if you need the Friend, but you remember the Father, then you will not experience any pleasure.

136इसलिये जिस समय , जिस सम्बन्ध की अनुभूति चाहिये , उस सम्बन्ध को स्नेह से , दिल से अनुभव करो . isliyē jis samay , jis sambandh kī|key anubhūti chāhiyē , us sambandh kō snēh sē , dil sē anubhav karō . isliē jis samay[x] , jō[pn.sg.o.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē , vah[pn.sg.o.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore x , that relationship (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience should , that relationship to love from , heart from experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 137फिर मेहनत भी नहीं लगेगी और बोर भी नहीं होंगे , सदा मनोरंजन . phir mēhnat bhī nahī̃ lagēgī aur bōr bhī nahī̃ hōṅgē , sadā manōrañjan . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur bōrnā[root]|bore bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sadā manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (turn[root]|then) effort too not x[fut.f.sg.23] and (drown[root]|bore) too not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , constantly entertainment .

162This is why, whenever and whatever experience you need, experience that relationship at that time with love from your heart, and then you will not find it laborious, and you will not get bored either.

138तो इस वर्ष क्या करेंगे  ? tō is varṣh kyā karē̃gē  ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then this year what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

163It will be constant entertainment.

139मेहनत से निकलना है . mēhnat sē nikalnā hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . effort from be extracted[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

164So, what will you do this year?

140हर मास सिर्फ ओ . के . लिखना , और कुछ नहीं लिखना . har|her mās sirph ō . kē|K . likhnā , aur kuchh nahī̃ likhnā . har|harnā[root]|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , aur kuchh[x] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x|x[root]) (month|x) only x . (of|K) . write[inf.m.sg.d.] , x not write[inf.m.sg.d.] .

165You have to move away from working hard. 166Is this possible?

141ओ . के . से समझ जायेंगे कि मेहनत से निकल गये . ō . kē|K . sē samajh jāyēṅgē ki mēhnat sē nikal gayē . O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . sē[postp.] samajhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . x . (of|K) . from understand[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] that effort from be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

167Or, is it difficult? 168Yes or no? 169So, every month, write to Baba.

142लम्बे-लम्बे पत्र नहीं लिखना . lambē-lambē patra nahī̃ likhnā . lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x x not write[inf.m.sg.d.] .

170Simply write “OK”. 171Do not write anything else.

143नहीं तो कहते हैं कि पत्र तो लिखा , जवाब नहीं मिलता . nahī̃ tō kahtē haĩ ki patra tō likhā , javāb nahī̃ miltā . nahī̃ tō[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|likhānā[root] , javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . otherwise say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x then (write[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , x not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

172From “OK”, Baba will understand that you have been liberated from working hard.

144ऐसे नहीं है कि आपके पत्र पहुँचते नहीं हैं . aisē nahī̃ hai ki āpkē patra pahũchtē nahī̃ haĩ . aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . it isn't that be[pres.sg.23] that you[.kē] x reach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

173Do not write very long letters, otherwise you then say that you wrote a letter, but did not get a response.

145पत्र लिखना शुरू करते हो और वहाँ कम्प्युटर में पहले आ जाता है , पोस्ट में पीछे पहुँचता है . patra likhnā śhurū kartē hō aur vahā̃ computer mē̃ pahlē ā jātā hai , post mē̃ pīchhē pahuñchtā hai . patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur vahā̃ computer mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , post mē̃[postp.] pīchhē pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x write[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[pres.pl.m.2] and there computer in (x|firstly) come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , x in x reach[pres.sg.m.23] .

174It is not that your letter did not arrive. 175As soon as you began to write a letter, it appears on the computer even before it is there in the post.

146वैसे बापदादा इतने लम्बे पत्रों का रोज की मुरली में सबको जवाब देता है . vaisē bāpdādā itnē lambē patrō̃ kā rōj kī|key murlī mē̃ sabkō javāb dētā hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rōz karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sabkō javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x BapDada such x x of day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) flute in everything x give[pres.sg.m.23] .

176In the same way, writing such a long letter, BapDada gives everyone a response in every day’s murli (in the daily revised murlis reissued by the Brahma Kumaris) .

147रोज पत्र लिखते हैं . rōj patra likhtē haĩ . rōz patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . day x write[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

177He writes a letter every day.

148इतना लम्बा पत्र कोई लिखता है  ! itnā lambā patra kōī likhtā hai  ! itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] likhnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ! such x x some write[pres.sg.m.23]  !

178Does anyone else write such a long letter?

149तो इतने अपने स्वमान को देखो-परमात्मा का कितना प्यार है आप सबसे . tō itnē apnē svamān kō dēkhō-paramātmā kā kitnā pyār hai āp sabsē . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] sabsē . then such one’s own self-respect to x of so love be[pres.sg.23] you the most .

179So, look at your self-respect, and check whether God has so much love for you.

150परमात्मा का प्यार है तब पत्र लिखते हैं अर्थात् मुरली में उत्तर भी देते हैं और याद-प्यार भी देते हैं . paramātmā kā pyār hai tab patra likhtē haĩ arthāt murlī mē̃ uttar bhī dētē haĩ aur yād-pyār bhī dētē haĩ . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tab patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] arthāt murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Supreme Soul of love be[pres.sg.23] for only then x write[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that is flute in answer too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and love, remembrance too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

180It is because God has love that he writes the letters: that is, he gives his response in the murlis, and also gives love and remembrances. 181You have this experience, have you not?

151अगर कोई भी क्वेश्चन उठता है या कोई भी समस्या सामने आती है तो मुरली से रेसपॉन्स मिलता है . agar kōī bhī question uṭhtā hai yā kōī bhī samasyā sāmnē ātī hai tō murlī sē response miltā hai . agar kōī bhī[x] question uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā kōī bhī[x] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] response milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . if anyone question wake up[pres.sg.m.23] or anyone problem x come[pres.sg.f.23] then flute from response receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

182If you have any questions, or if any problem comes in front of you, then you receive the response of it in the murli. 183Do you receive it or not?

152तो फिर कभी शिकायत नहीं करना कि उत्तर नहीं आया . tō phir kabhī śikāyat nahī̃ karnā ki uttar nahī̃ āyā . tō phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kabhī[adv.] x nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then (turn[root]|then) ever x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] that answer not come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

184You do receive it, so then don’t ever complain that you are not getting a response.

153बाकी अच्छा करते हो जो दिल में बात आती है वो बाप के आगे रखना अर्थात् दिल से निकाल दिया . bākī achchhā kartē hō jō dil mē̃ bāt ātī hai vō bāp kē āgē rakhnā arthāt dil sē nikāl diyā . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . (but|others) achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] that heart in matter come[pres.sg.f.23] that father in front of keep[inf.m.sg.d.] that is heart from x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .

185However, what you do is good. 186Whatever enters the heart, to put it in front of the Father means to remove it form your heart.

154वो भले करो , लेकिन शॉर्ट लिखो . vō bhalē karō , lēkin short likhō . vah[pn.;d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin short likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but short write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

187You may do this, but wrote short letters.

155पत्र जब लिखते हो तो उसी समय दिल तो हल्की हो जाती है ना . patra jab likhtē hō tō usī samay dil tō halkī hō jātī hai nā . patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab likhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā . x when write[pres.pl.m.2] then that[.hī] time heart then light be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ .

188At the time when you write the letters, your heart becomes light, does it not?

156क्योंकि दे दिया ना . kyōṅki dē diyā nā . kyōṅki dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] nā . because give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ∅ . 157फिर दूसरे दिन की मुरली उस विधि से देखो कि जो मैंने पत्र लिखा उसका उत्तर क्या है  ? phir dūsrē din kī|key murlī us vidhi sē dēkhō ki jō mainnē patra likhā uskā uttar kyā hai  ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] maĩ[pn.sg.nē] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|likhānā[root] vah[pn.sg.kā] uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? (turn[root]|then) other day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) flute that method from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that I[.nē] x (write[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) that[.kā] answer what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

189Because you have then given away whatever was in your heart. 190The next day, listen to the murli with attention to finding the response to the letter you wrote.

158रेसपॉन्स मिलता तो है ना . response miltā tō hai nā . response milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . response receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

191You do receive a response, do you not?

159बेहद का बाप है तो पत्र भी बेहद का लिखेगा , छोटा थोड़ेही लिखेगा . bēhad kā bāp hai tō patra bhī bēhad kā likhēgā , chhōṭā thōṛēhī likhēgā . bēhad kā bāp[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bēhad kā[x] likhnā[fut.m.sg.23] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛēhī likhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . unlimited Father be[pres.sg.23] then x too unlimited write[fut.m.sg.23] , small not write[fut.m.sg.23] .

192The Father is unlimited, and so he would write an unlimited letter, would he not? 193He would not write a short letter.

160बापदादा ने देखा कि चारों ओर के डबल विदेशी बच्चे सेवा में अच्छी लगन से लगे हुए हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki chārō̃ ōr kē|K double vidēśhī bachchē sēvā mē̃ achchhī lagan sē lagē huē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that everywhere (of|K) double foreigner child service in achcha love from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

194BapDada saw that all of the double-foreign children in all four directions are engaged in service with deep love:that they have reached Madhuban.

161एक-एक को देखते हैं तो हर एक एक-दो से प्यारे लगते हैं . ēk-ēk kō dēkhtē haĩ tō har ēk ēk-dō sē pyārē lagtē haĩ . ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō har ēk[x] ēk-dō sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . one to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then each one one another from loving x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

195Looking at them, each one is more lovely than the others.

162अगर नाम लेंगे तो कितने नाम लेंगे  ! agar nām lē̃gē tō kitnē nām lē̃gē  ! agar nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! if name take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then so name take[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

196If Baba were to mention names, then how many names would he mention?

163इसीलिये सभी अपने नाम से विशेष सेवा की रिटर्न मुबारक स्वीकार करना . isīliyē sabhī apnē nām sē viśhēṣh sēvā kī|key return mubārak svīkār karnā . isliē sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key return mubārak[n.f.;sg.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore all one’s own name from special service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) return congratulations acceptance do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

197This is why each of you should accept personal congratulations, as a return of your service.

164नाम लेना शुरू करेंगे तो माला बनानी पड़ेगी . nām lēnā śhurū karē̃gē tō mālā banānī paṛēgī . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . name take[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then garland create[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . 165लेकिन माला के सभी मणके बापदादा के सामने हैं . lēkin mālā kē|K sabhī maṇakē bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē haĩ . lēkin mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sab[adv.hī] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but garland (of|K) all x BapDada (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

198If Baba were to mention names, he would have to create a rosary, but all of the beads of the rosary are in front of BapDada.

166समय प्रति समय बेहद की सेवा और सफलता सम्पन्न होती जा रही है . samay prati samay bēhad kī|key sēvā aur saphaltā sampann hōtī jā rahī hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . time for time unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service and success full be[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

199From time to time, the service is becoming unlimited, and has total success.

167वर्तमान समय विशेष विदेश में दो सेवाओं का रिजल्ट अच्छा प्रत्यक्ष हुआ . vartamān samay viśhēṣh vidēśh mē̃ dō sēvāō̃ kā result achchhā pratyakṣha huā . vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . present time special abroad in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) service of result achcha visible be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

200At present, in the foreign lands, two types of service have shown good results.

168अनेक प्रकार की सेवायें तो चलती ही रहती हैं लेकिन विशेष एक ये ग्लोबल बुक , जो मेहनत करके तैयार किया है , उसके निमित्त चारों ओर विशेष आत्माओं का सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आना सहज हो गया . anēk prakār kī|key sēvāyē̃ tō chaltī hī rahtī haĩ lēkin viśhēṣh ēk yē global book , jō mēhnat karkē taiyār kiyā hai , uskē nimitt chārō̃ ōr viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kā sambandh-sampark mē̃ ānā sahaj hō gayā . anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō chalnā[pres-part.f.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] global book[x] , jō[pn.;d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . many form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service then continue[pres-part.f.] only remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but special one this x , that effort do[abs.] x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , of that[.kē] instrument everywhere special soul of x in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) easy be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

201Many types of service continue all the time, but it has especially become easy to bring special souls from all four directions into connection and relationship through the Global Book. 202This has been prepared with a lot of hard work.

169तो जिन बच्चों ने दिल व जान , सिक व प्रेम से समय दिया , सहयोग दिया , उसके प्रत्यक्षफल सेवा के निमित्त आत्माओं को बापदादापदम गुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō jin bachchō̃ nē dil va jān , sik va prēm sē samay diyā , sahyōg diyā , uskē pratyakṣhaphal sēvā kē nimitt ātmāō̃ kō bāpadādāpadam guṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō jō[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] dil va jān[x] , sik va prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then that child ∅ x , x x love from time give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , cooperation give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , of that[.kē] x service x soul to x fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

203For the practical fruit of their service, BapDada is giving multi-million-fold congratulations to the children, who have given their time and co- operation, with a lot of deep love from within their hearts.

170और साथ-साथ जो अभी डॉयलाग वा रिट्रीट किया उसकी रिजल्ट भी पहले से अच्छे ते अच्छी रही . aur sāth-sāth jō abhī ḍôyalāg vā retreat kiyā uskī result bhī pahlē sē achchhē tē achchhī rahī . aur sāth-sāth jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] x vā retreat karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.kī] result bhī[p.] pahlē sē[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rahnā[past-part.f.] . and x that now x or x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.kī] result too beforehand achcha from achcha remain[past-part.f.] .

204Together with that, the result of the Dialogue and the Retreat that tool place just now has been the best of all, compared to those that have taken place previously.

171और सभी देश वालों ने इसमें जो सहयोग दिया , उन सबको भी मुबारक . aur sabhī dēśh vālō̃ nē ismē̃ jō sahyōg diyā , un sabkō bhī mubārak . aur sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . and all land those who ∅ this[.mē̃] that cooperation give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that everything too congratulations .

205Congratulations to all those, from the other countries, who gave their co-operation.

172लक्ष्य अच्छा रखा . lakṣhya achchhā rakhā . lakṣhya[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] . aim achcha (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .

206All of you kept a good aim.

173तो चारों ओर अभी इस दो प्रकार की सेवा की अच्छी धूम-धाम चल रही है और आगे भी चलती रहेगी . tō chārō̃ ōr abhī is dō prakār kī|key sēvā kī|key achchhī dhūm-dhām chal rahī hai aur āgē bhī chaltī rahēgī . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dhūmdhām[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then everywhere now this (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) achcha a lot of pomp and joy continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and previously too continue[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

207So, there is the very good pomp and splendour of these two types of service, in all four directions, and it will continue in the future also.

174बापदादा को याद है कि पहले विदेश से वी . आई . पीज . तो छोड़ो , आई . पीज . लाना भी मुश्किल लगता था . bāpdādā kō yād hai ki pahlē vidēśh sē we|V . eye|āī|I . Ps . tō chhōṛō , eye|āī|I . Ps . lānā bhī muśhkil lagtā thā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P . tō chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P . lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[hab-past.m.sg.] . BapDada to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] that (x|firstly) abroad from (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . P. . then renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . P. . x[inf.m.sg.d.] too difficult x[hab-past.m.sg.] .

208BapDada remembers that, previously, let alone VIPs, it was difficult to bring even IPs (important persons) . 209What does it seem like now?

175और अभी तो सहज लगता है ना  ! aur abhī tō sahaj lagtā hai nā  ! aur ab[adv.hī] tō sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! and now then easy x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

210It feels easy, does it not? 211Or is it difficult?

176तो यह सेवा का प्रत्यक्षफल है . tō yah sēvā kā pratyakṣhaphal hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this service of x be[pres.sg.23] .

212It is easy. 213This is the instant fruit of service.

177और कितनों की दुआयें मिलीं  ! aur kitnō̃ kī|key duāyē̃ milī̃  ! aur kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[past-part.f.pl.]  ! and so (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing receive[past-part.f.pl.]  !

214And you also received blessings from so many.

178जिसके हाथ में बुक जाता है , उन सबकी दुआयें किसके खाते में जमा होती हैं  ? jiskē hāth mē̃ book jātā hai , un sabkī duāyē̃ kiskē khātē mē̃ jamā hōtī haĩ  ? jō[pn.sg.kē] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] book jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? that[.kē] hand in x go[pres.sg.m.23] , that everyone's blessing who[.kē] (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? 179जो निमित्त बनते हैं . jō nimitt bantē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that instrument become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

215In whose account do the blessings - from whoever receives a book - accumulate? 216In the accounts of those who become the instruments.

180चाहे देने की सेवा , चाहे बनाने की सेवा , चाहे आइडिया निकालने की , चाहे लिखने की-सबको दुआयें मिलती हैं . chāhē dēnē kī|key sēvā , chāhē banānē kī|key sēvā , chāhē idea nikālnē kī|key , chāhē likhnē kī-sabakō duāyē̃ miltī haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] idea nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) write[inf.m.pl.,o.] x blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

217Whether you did the service of giving it to someone, or of creating it, or of creating ideas, or of just writing it: all of you receive blessings.

181तो कितनी दुआयें मिल रही हैं  ! tō kitnī duāyē̃ mil rahī haĩ  ! tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]  ! then so blessing receive[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]  !

218So you are receiving so many blessings.

182बहुत दुआयें मिलती हैं , आप सिर्फ रिसीव करो . bahut duāyē̃ miltī haĩ , āp sirph receive karō . bahut duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] sirph[adj.] receive karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , you only receive do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

219Do you receive those blessings? 220You receive many blessings.

183अपने में ही बिजी रहते हो तो दुआयें रिसीव नहीं करते हो . apnē mē̃ hī busy rahtē hō tō duāyē̃ receive nahī̃ kartē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] receive nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . one’s own in only busy remain[pres.pl.m.2] then blessing receive not do[pres.pl.m.2] .

221But, simply accept them: you become busy in your own selves, and so you are not able to accept the blessings.

184और जो भी आई . पीज . या वी . आई . पीज . सम्पर्क में आते हैं तो एक कितनों को अनुभव सुनायेंगे तो उन सभी की दुआयें ब्राह्मण आत्माओं को बहुत-बहुत प्राप्त होती हैं . aur jō bhī eye|āī|I . Ps . yā we|V . eye|āī|I . Ps . samparka mē̃ ātē haĩ tō ēk kitnō̃ kō anubhav sunāyēṅgē tō un sabhī kī|key duāyē̃ brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kō bahut-bahut prāpt hōtī haĩ . aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P . yā we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P . sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō ēk[adj.] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . and that too (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . P. . or (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . P. . x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then one so to experience speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing Brahmin soul to very reached be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

222All the IPs and VIPs who come, relate a their experiences to so many, and so the Brahmin souls attain a lot of blessings from those souls. 223If you simply accept the blessings, then you can become complete.

185अगर दुआयें रिसीव करो तो भी सम्पन्न तो हो ही जायेंगे . agar duāyē̃ receive karō tō bhī sampann tō hō hī jāyēṅgē . agar duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] receive karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bhī[x] sampann[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if blessing receive do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ full then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

224The book has been made very well, and the programme is also very good.

186बुक भी अच्छा निकाला और ये प्रोग्राम भी बहुत अच्छा है . book bhī achchhā nikālā aur yē programme bhī bahut achchhā hai . book bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur yah[pn.pl.d.] programme bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x too achcha x[past-part.m.sg.d.] and this programme too very achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 187और भारत वालों की विशेष सेवा अभी कार यात्रा की चल रही है . aur bhārat vālō̃ kī|key viśhēṣh sēvā abhī kār|car yātrā kī|key chal rahī hai . aur bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] kār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|car yātrā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . and Bharat those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special service now (x) pilgrimage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

225Now the special service of the Bharatwasis is of going on a car rally (a car rally of 11 cars of people in the business wing was organised from Rajkot to Bombay) The result of that is very good.

188 ( बिजनेस विंग के भाई-बहिनों ने 11 कारों की एक रेली राजकोट से बाम्बे तक निकाली है , जिसमें अनेक प्रकार की सेवायें हो रही हैं ) उसकी भी रिजल्ट बहुत अच्छी निकल रही है और आगे एक भी निमित्त बन गये तो अनेकों के भाग्य जगाते रहेंगे . ( business wing kē|K bhāī-bahinō̃ nē 11 kārō̃ kī|key ēk rēlī rājakōṭ sē bāmbē tak nikālī hai , jismē̃ anēk prakār kī|key sēvāyē̃ hō rahī haĩ ) uskī bhī result bahut achchhī nikal rahī hai aur āgē ēk bhī nimitt ban gayē tō anēkō̃ kē|K bhāgya jagātē rahē̃gē . ( business wing kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] 11 car[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] x x sē[postp.] bāmbē tak nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jō[pn.sg.mē̃] anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) vah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] result bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nikalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur āgē ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . ( business wing (of|K) brother and sister ∅ 11 x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one x x from Bombay until x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that[.mē̃] many form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) that[.kī] too result very achcha be extracted[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and previously one too instrument become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then many (of|K) x awaken[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . 189तो ये भी सेवा की रिजल्ट अच्छी दिखाई दे रही है . tō yē bhī sēvā kī|key result achchhī dikhāī dē rahī hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . then this too service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result achcha be visible .

226In the future also, if even just one soul becomes an instrument, then he can awaken the fortune of so many others. 227So the result of this service is also good. 228BapDada is giving congratulations to all those who are instruments for this service, and who are moving forward with zeal.. to all the Bharatwasi children in all four directions.. to the co- operative children.. to the instrument children.

190जो भी इस सेवा में निमित्त हैं , उमंग-उत्साह से बढ़ रहे हैं , उन सभी को भी , चारों ओर के भारतवासी बच्चों को , सहयोगी बच्चों को , निमित्त बच्चों को बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं . jō bhī is sēvā mē̃ nimitt haĩ , umaṅg-utsāh sē baṛh rahē haĩ , un sabhī kō bhī , chārō̃ ōr kē|K bhāratvāsī bachchō̃ kō , sahyōgī bachchō̃ kō , nimitt bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāratvāsī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sahyōgī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that too this service in instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , zeal and enthusiasm from grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that all to too , everywhere (of|K) people of Bharat child to , co-operative child to , instrument child to BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

229Now create plans for service, whereby you have to labour just for namesake (symbolically) , and yet receive greater success. 230So in this service also, it appears that you have to make little effort, and yet to receive a great deal of success.

191मेहनत नाम मात्र और सफलता ज्यादा , अब ऐसी सेवा के प्लैन बनाओ . mēhnat nām mātra aur saphaltā jyādā , ab aisī sēvā kē|K plan banāō . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . effort name just and success more , now such service (of|K) plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

231It is the same for both types of service taking place in the foreign lands.

192इस सेवा में भी यह दिखाई देता है कि मेहनत कम , रिजल्ट जयादा . is sēvā mē̃ bhī yah dikhāī dētā hai ki mēhnat cum|kam , result jayādā . yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] , result x . this service in too this be visible that effort (x|less) , result x .

232All those from this land and abroad are moving forward with zeal.

193ऐसे विदेश के दोनों प्रोग्राम में भी ऐसे हैं . aisē vidēśh kē|K dōnō̃ programme mē̃ bhī aisē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dōnō̃ programme mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such abroad (of|K) x programme in too such be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 194अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 195देश-विदेश के सर्व सेवा में उमंग-उत्साह से आगे बढ़ने वाले , अथक बन औरों को दान-वरदान देने वाली आत्माओं को , चारों ओर के बाप के सर्व सम्बन्ध के लव में लीन रहने वाली लवलीन आत्माओं को , सदा सहज अनुभव करने , औरों को भी सहज अनुभव कराने वाली सहजयोगी आत्माओं को , सदा स्वयं को स्वमान द्वारा सहज देहभान से मुक्त करने वाली जीवनमुक्त आत्माओं को , सदा बाप को साथ अनुभव करने वाले और साथी अनुभव करने वाले समीप आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद-प्यार और नमस्ते . dēśh-vidēśh kē|K sarv sēvā mē̃ umaṅg-utsāh sē āgē baṛhnē vālē , athak ban aurō̃ kō dān-varadān dēnē vālī ātmāō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K bāp kē|K sarv sambandh kē|K lav|love mē̃ līn rahnē vālī lavlīn ātmāō̃ kō , sadā sahaj anubhav karnē , aurō̃ kō bhī sahaj anubhav karānē vālī sahajyōgī ātmāō̃ kō , sadā svayã kō svamān dvārā sahaj dēhbhān sē mukt karnē vālī jīvanmukt ātmāō̃ kō , sadā bāp kō sāth anubhav karnē vālē aur sāthī anubhav karnē vālē samīp ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād-pyār aur namastē . dēśh-vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , athak[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] aurō̃ kō[postp.] x dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] līn[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lavlīn[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā sahaj[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] , aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sahajyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā svayã kō[postp.] svamān[x] dvārā sahaj[adj.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jīvanmukt[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . x (of|K) all service in zeal and enthusiasm from previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , x (x|become[root]) others to x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul to , everywhere (of|K) father (of|K) all relationship (of|K) (Luv|love) in merged remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x soul to , constantly easy experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] , others to too easy experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who easy yogi soul to , constantly x to self-respect through easy body consciousness from free do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x soul to , constantly father to with experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and companion experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who close soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x .

233To the souls who tirelessly give donations and blessings to others.. to the souls in all four directions, who are absorbed in the love of all relationships with the one Father.. to the easy yogi souls, who constantly experience everything to be easy, and who make others experience everything to be easy.. to the liberated-in-life (jeevanmukt) souls who easily liberate themselves form body-consciousness, with their stage of self respect.. to the souls who constantly experience the company of the Father, and who experience Baba to be their companion.. to such close souls: love, remembrances, and namaste, form BapDada. 234(to the Dadis and special co-operative souls)

196रिट्रीटव विदेश सेवामें सहयोगी भाई बहेनों से तथा दादियों से अव्यक्त बापदादा की मुलाकात -riṭrīṭav vidēśh sēvāmē̃ sahyōgī bhāī bahēnō̃ sē tathā dādiyō̃ sē avyakt bāpdādā kī|key mulākāt -x vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x sahyōgī[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] x sē[postp.] tathā dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mulākāt[n.f.;sg.] -x abroad x co-operative (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x from and Dadi from avyakt BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x -

235When everyone does service with love, its’ result is also such. 236Just as time is coming close, so, together with time, success is also coming close.

197सभी खुशी से सेवा करते हैं तो उसका रिजल्ट भी ऐसा निकलता है . sabhī khuśhī sē sēvā kartē haĩ tō uskā result bhī aisā nikaltā hai . sab[adv.hī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] result bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . all happiness from service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kā] result too such be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .

237Some time ago, success seemed very distant, but now you experience success to be so close.

198जैसा समय समीप आ रहा है , समय के साथ सफलता भी समीप आ रही है . jaisā samay samīp ā rahā hai , samay kē sāth saphaltā bhī samīp ā rahī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . like time close come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , time with success too close come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

238What does it feel like now, whenever you carry out any task? 239You feel that success is already guaranteed, do you not?

199कुछ समय पहले सफलता दूर लगती थी लेकिन अभी सफलता कितनी समीप अनुभव हो रही है . kuchh samay pahlē saphaltā dūr lagtī thī lēkin abhī saphaltā kitnī samīp anubhav hō rahī hai . kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] dūr[adj.] lagnā[hab-past.f.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] samīp[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . anything time (x|firstly) success distant x[hab-past.f.] but now success so close experience be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

240It feels like this, does it not? 241Everyone’s stage of being an easy yogi is also increasing, is it not?

200अभी कोई भी कार्य करते हो तो आता है ना कि सफलता हुई पड़ी है . abhī kōī bhī kārya kartē hō tō ātā hai nā ki saphaltā huī paṛī hai . ab[adv.hī] kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] . now anyone task do[pres.pl.m.2] then come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that success be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] .

242The more your stage of being an easy yogi increases, the more success will come in front of you.

201सबकी स्थिति भी सहजयोगी की बढ़ती जाती है ना . sabkī sthiti bhī sahajyōgī kī|key baṛhtī jātī hai nā . sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sahajyōgī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] nā . everyone's stage too easy yogi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] ∅ .

243You do not go chasing after success, but success comes to you itself.

202तो जितनी स्थिति सहजयोगी की बढ़ती है उतनी सफलता भी स्वयं आगे आती है . tō jitnī sthiti sahajyōgī kī|key baṛhtī hai utnī saphaltā bhī svayã āgē ātī hai . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] sahajyōgī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] svayã āgē ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . then the more stage easy yogi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) grow[pres.sg.f.23] x success too x previously come[pres.sg.f.23] .

244It is a good method. 245Now people offer themselves, whereas previously it was difficult to even make contact.

203सफलता के पीछे नहीं जाते , लेकिन सफलता स्वयं आती है . saphaltā kē pīchhē nahī̃ jātē , lēkin saphaltā svayã ātī hai . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kē pīchhē[x] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] svayã ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . success x not go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , but success x come[pres.sg.f.23] . 204अच्छी विधि है . achchhī vidhi hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha method be[pres.sg.23] . 205अभी स्वयं ऑफर करते हैं . abhī svayã offer kartē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] svayã offer karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now x offer do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

246BapDada remembers what Jayanti used to say: when she was told to do service in the foreign lands, she used to say that it was very difficult: that that was a foreign land. 247Do you remember this?

206पहले कॉन्टेक्ट करना मुश्किल था . pahlē contact karnā muśhkil thā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] contact karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[past.m.sg] . (x|firstly) contact do[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[past.m.sg] . 207बापदादा को जयन्ती ( लण्डन की जयन्ती बहन ) की बात याद आती है . bāpdādā kō jayantī ( london kī|key jayantī bahan ) kī|key bāt yād ātī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ( London karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ) karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to Jayanti ( x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Jayanti x ) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter remembrance come[pres.sg.f.23] .

248She used to tell everyone: “you people do not know he foreign lands”. 249What does it seem like now? 250Now you don’t have any room for them.

208जब बाहर की सेवा कहते थे तो सभी को कहती थी बड़ा मुश्किल है , विदेश है . jab bāhar kī|key sēvā kahtē thē tō sabhī kō kahtī thī baṛā muśhkil hai , vidēśh hai . jab bāhar karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] kahnā[hab-past.f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when outside (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service say[hab-past.pl.m.] then all to say[hab-past.f.] very difficult be[pres.sg.23] , abroad be[pres.sg.23] .

251You find the people, but you don’t have room for them. 252In Madhuban also, you are given numbers according to the rooms available.

209आप लोगों को विदेश का पता नहीं . āp lōgō̃ kō vidēśh kā patā nahī̃ . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . you people to abroad of knowledge not .

253They have also worked hard. 254You have worked hard, with love.

210और अभी व्यक्ति मिलते हैं , स्थान कम है . aur abhī vyakti miltē haĩ , sthān cum|kam hai . aur ab[adv.hī] vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and now x receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , place (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .

255You worked hard with love , and this is why the hard work was turned into love.

211मधुबन में भी देखो स्थान के कारण नम्बर मिलता है . madhuban mē̃ bhī dēkhō sthān kē|K kāraṇ number miltā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] number milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Madhuban in too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] place (of|K) because number receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

256Many people have co-operated in this. 257All these souls finalised it in the end.

212सभी ने मेहनत अच्छी की . sabhī nē mēhnat achchhī kī|key . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . all ∅ effort achcha (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

258They became instruments. 259Where is Kiran?

213मोहब्बत में रहकर मेहनत की इसलिये मेहनत मोहब्बत में बदल गई . mōhabbat mē̃ rahkar mēhnat kī|key isliyē mēhnat mōhabbat mē̃ badal gaī . muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[abs.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key isliē mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . love in remain[abs.] effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) therefore effort love in change[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

260(Kiran showed the book “Jewel of Light” to BapDada) This one’s effort is also good. 261Very good.

214 ( बहनों ने बापदादा को ग्लोबल बुक तथा ज्वेल आफ लाइट बुक दिखाई , बापदादा ने सभी सेवा में सहयोग देने वालों को स्टेज पर बुलाया ) इन्टरनेशनल है ना . ( bahanō̃ nē bāpdādā kō global book tathā jvēl off|of light book dikhāī , bāpdādā nē sabhī sēvā mē̃ sahyōg dēnē vālō̃ kō stage par bulāyā ) international hai nā . ( bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] global book[x] tathā x off|of light book dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] bulānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) international hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . ( x ∅ BapDada to x and x (x|of) light x (x[past-part.f.]|x) , BapDada ∅ all service in cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to stage (at|other) call[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) international be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

262Give special love and congratulations to Nikki also. 263(BapDada then called Gayatri, Chris, Mike, Neville, Nic, Charlie, and Ken, onto the stage) Become light. 264Come come. 265All of you think that everyone has made effort, and so why are just you being invited.

215जब चीज़ तैयार हो जाती है तो कितनी खुशी होती है . jab chīz taiyār hō jātī hai tō kitnī khuśhī hōtī hai . jab chīz[n.f.;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . when thing x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .

266Achcha. 267This is international. 268Very good. 269How many names would Baba mention?

216पहले बनाया जाता है फिर जब तैयार हो जाती है तो सभी के सामने आ जाती है . pahlē banāyā jātā hai phir jab taiyār hō jātī hai tō sabhī kē|K sāmnē ā jātī hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] jab taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . (x|firstly) (create[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) (turn[root]|then) when x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then all (of|K) x come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

270What if Baba were to mention the name of one, and another was left out? 271This is why all of you who have become instruments, should experience having heard your name.

217लण्डन , अमेरिका , ऑस्ट्रेलिया सभी ने इसमें सहयोग अच्छा दिया है . london , America , ôsṭrēliyā sabhī nē ismē̃ sahyōg achchhā diyā hai . London , America , x sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x , America , x all ∅ this[.mē̃] cooperation achcha give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

272When something is ready, there is so much happiness experienced. 273You experience it, do you not?

218इसलिए जो भी निमित्त बने सभी अपने-अपने नाम से याद स्वीकार करना . isliē jō bhī nimitt banē sabhī apnē-apnē nām sē yād svīkār karnā . isliē jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore that too instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) all one’s own name from remembrance acceptance do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

274First, something is prepared, and then - when it is ready - it comes in front of everyone.

219बापदादा सभी निमित्त बने हुए बच्चों को मुबारक देते हैं . bāpdādā sabhī nimitt banē huē bachchō̃ kō mubārak dētē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada all instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

275America has given special co-operation. 276London, America, and Australia.

220 ( चिकागो की कोन्फेरेंसभी अच्छी रही ) कानफ्रेन्स की सफलता भी अच्छी हुई . ( cikāgō kī|key kōnphērē̃sabhī achchhī rahī ) conference kī|key saphaltā bhī achchhī huī . ( x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rahnā[past-part.f.] ) conference karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . ( x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x achcha remain[past-part.f.] ) conference (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success too achcha be[past-part.f.] .

277In fact, everyone gave co-operation. 278The success of the conference was very good.

221सभी ने अच्छी सेवा की . sabhī nē achchhī sēvā kī|key . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . all ∅ achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

279All of you have done very good service.

222अच्छी हिम्मत रखी और हिम्मत का प्रत्यक्षफल सर्व की मदद मिली . achchhī himmat rakhī aur himmat kā pratyakṣhaphal sarv kī|key madad milī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] . achcha courage keep[past-part.f.] and courage of x all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x receive[past-part.f.] .

280You have maintained courage very well. 281And, as the instant fruit of courage, you received everyone’s help.

223ब्राह्मण समाचार पत्रों में तो विशेष नाम आ गया . brāhmaṇ samāchār patrō̃ mē̃ tō viśhēṣh nām ā gayā . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . Brahmin news x in then special name come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

282Your name has especially been mentioned in the Brahmin newsletters.

224जो भी विशेष सेवा करते हैं उसका प्रत्यक्षफल पहले मन में खुशी होती है और साथ-साथ ब्राह्मणों के बुक में जमा हो जाता है . jō bhī viśhēṣh sēvā kartē haĩ uskā pratyakṣhaphal pahlē man mē̃ khuśhī hōtī hai aur sāth-sāth brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K book mē̃ jamā hō jātā hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kā] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur sāth-sāth brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K book mē̃[postp.] jamnā[x] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that too special service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kā] x (x|firstly) mind in happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] and x Brahmin (of|K) x in x[x] go[pres.sg.m.23] .

283Whatever special service you do, the first practical fruit of that is happiness in your mind, and it is also accumulated in the book of Brahmins. 284Do not think that just those who are sitting on the stage have accomplished this.

225 ( मैक्सिको की कोन्फेरेंस भी अच्छी हुई ) सुनाया ना कि हर कार्य में सफलता समीप आ रही है . ( maiksikō kī|key conference bhī achchhī huī ) sunāyā nā ki har|her kārya mē̃ saphaltā samīp ā rahī hai . ( x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key conference bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ) sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . ( x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) conference too achcha be[past-part.f.] ) speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ that (x|x[root]) task in success close come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

285All of you are also on the stage. 286(“The conference in Mexico was also very good”) You were just told that success is coming close in every task.

226जो भी , जहाँ भी सेवा कर रहे हो तो सर्व के संगठन के वायब्रेशन से विशेष कार्य में सफलता मिल रही है . jō bhī , jahā̃ bhī sēvā kar rahē hō tō sarv kē|K saṅgaṭhan kē|K vibration sē viśhēṣh kārya mē̃ saphaltā mil rahī hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] , jahā̃ bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] tō sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration sē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . that too , where there too service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] then all (of|K) gathering (of|K) vibrations from special task in success receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

287Whoever is serving, in whatever place, with the vibrations of the gathering of everyone, you are receiving special success in every task.

227जैसे बिल्डिंग बनती है ना तो एक-एक कण का सहयोग होता है , एक-एक ईट का सहयोग होता है तब बिल्डिंग बनती है . jaisē building bantī hai nā tō ēk-ēk kaṇ kā sahyōg hōtā hai , ēk-ēk īṭ kā sahyōg hōtā hai tab building bantī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] building bannā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō ēk[adj.] kaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ēk[adj.] īṇṭ[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tab building bannā[pres.sg.f.23] . like house become[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then one x of cooperation be[pres.sg.m.23] , one brick of cooperation be[pres.sg.m.23] for only then house become[pres.sg.f.23] .

288When a building is being built, there is the co-operation of each and every particle. 289There is the co-operation of every brick. 290Only then is the building built.

228कहने में तो ऐसा ही आता है कि फलाने कॉन्ट्रेक्टर ने बनाया लेकिन ईट नहीं होती तो कॉन्ट्रेक्टर क्या करता  ? kahnē mē̃ tō aisā hī ātā hai ki phalānē kônṭrēkṭar nē banāyā lēkin īṭ nahī̃ hōtī tō kônṭrēkṭar kyā kartā  ? kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x nē[postp.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin īṇṭ[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] tō x kyā karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then such only come[pres.sg.m.23] that x x ∅ create[past-part.m.sg.d.] but brick not be[pres-part.f.] then x what do[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

291You would say that such-and- such a contractor built the building, but what would the contractor do if there were no bricks? 292So each of you is a brick in the building of the success of service.

229तो आप सभी सेवा के सफलता के बिल्डिंग की एक-एक विशेष ईट हो , फाउन्डेशन हो . tō āp sabhī sēvā kē|K saphaltā kē|K building kī|key ēk-ēk viśhēṣh īṭ hō , foundation hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K building karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] īṇṭ[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , foundation hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you all service (of|K) success (of|K) house (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one special brick (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , foundation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

293You are the foundations. 294However, whoever becomes instrumental for whatever service, his name is glorified.

230बाकी जिस कार्य के लिये जो निमित्त बनता है उनका विशेष नाम हो जाता है . bākī jis kārya kē|K liyē jō nimitt bantā hai unkā viśhēṣh nām hō jātā hai . bākī|bākī jō[pn.sg.o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.kā] viśhēṣh[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (but|others) that task (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that instrument become[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kā] special name be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

295But, in fact, all of you are included in that. 296It went very well, did it not? 297It is good to remain busy.

231 ( यह यू . एन . की गोल्डन जुबली है . ( yah you|U . N . kī|key golden jubilee hai . ( yah[pn.sg.d.] you|U . N . karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key golden jubilee[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( this (x|U.) . x . (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .

298It is the golden jubilee of the United Nations.

232फैमिली इयर चल रहा है ) तो गोल्डन सफलता लायेंगे ना . family year chal rahā hai ) tō golden saphaltā lāyēṅgē nā . family year chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) tō golden saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . family year continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) then golden success x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ . 233आपका तो हर वर्ष फैमिली इयर चल रहा है . āpkā tō har|her varṣh family year chal rahā hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] tō har|harnā[root]|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] family year chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . you[.kā] then (x|x[root]) year family year continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

299So, you will bring about golden success, will you not? (“It is now the Family Year”) For you, every year is the Family Year.

234फैमिली बढ़ रही है , फैमिली सुखी हो रही है . family baṛh rahī hai , family sukhī hō rahī hai . family baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , family sukhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . family grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , family happy be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

300The family is increasing: it is becoming a happy family.

235फैमिली प्लैनिंग तो आपका है ही . family planning tō āpkā hai hī . family planning[x] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . family planning then you[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] only .

301You already have family planning anyway.

236फैमिली कन्ट्रोल प्लैनिंग नहीं , फैमिली बढ़ने का प्लैनिंग . family control planning nahī̃ , family baṛhnē kā planning . family control planning nahī̃[neg] , family baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] planning . family control planning not , family grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of planning .

302You do not have family-control planning, but planning to increase the family.

237दुनिया वाले कहते हैं छोटा परिवार सुखी परिवार और यहाँ कहते हैं बड़ा परिवार , सुखी परिवार . duniyā vālē kahtē haĩ chhōṭā parivār sukhī parivār aur yahā̃ kahtē haĩ baṛā parivār , sukhī parivār . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sukhī[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur yahā̃ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sukhī[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . world those who say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] small family happy family and here say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very family , happy family .

303People of the world say that a small family is a happy family. 304And what do you say here? 305A large family is a happy family.

238सभी अच्छी मेहनत करते हैं . sabhī achchhī mēhnat kartē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all achcha effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

306You are all working hard.

239‘ मेहनत ’ शब्द के बजाय , अच्छी सेवा करते हो . ‘ mēhnat ’ śhabda kē|K bajāy , achchhī sēvā kartē hō . ‘ mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] ’ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . ‘ effort ’ word (of|K) x , achcha service do[pres.pl.m.2] .

307Instead of using the words “working hard”, you are doing good service.

240‘ मेहनत ’ शब्द थोड़ा अच्छा नहीं लगता . ‘ mēhnat ’ śhabda thōṛā achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . ‘ mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] ’ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . ‘ effort ’ word short achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

308This is right. 309The words “working hard” do not seem right.

241सेवा द्वारा प्रत्यक्षफल खा रहे हो . sēvā dvārā pratyakṣhaphal khā rahē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . service through x eat[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

310You are eating the instant fruit of service. 311You enjoyed it did you not?

242डॉयलॉग अच्छा हुआ ना  ? ḍôyalôg achchhā huā nā  ? x achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā  ? x achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅  ?

312Was the Dialogue good? 313Is everyone happy?

243सेवा से सभी खुश हैं  ? sēvā sē sabhī khuśh haĩ  ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? service from all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

314Is everyone happy in service?

244सब आगे बढ़ रहे हैं और बढ़ते ही रहेंगे . sab āgē baṛh rahē haĩ aur baṛhtē hī rahē̃gē . sab[adj.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . all previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

315All of you are moving forward, and will continue to move forward.

245बुद्धि अच्छी चलाते हो . buddhi achchhī chalātē hō . buddhi[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.2] . intellect achcha x[pres.pl.m.2] .

316You use your intellects very well.

246अब ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ जो कोई भी आत्मा ब्राह्मण परिवार से किनारे नहीं हो जाये . ab aisā plan banāō jō kōī bhī ātmā brāhmaṇ parivār sē kinārē nahī̃ hō jāyē . ab[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . now such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that anyone soul Brahmin family from x not be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

317Now create such a plan that no soul moves away from the Brahmin family. 318You have to make the fort so strong that no one is able to leave it.

247किले को ऐसा मजबूत करना पड़े जो कोई जा ही नहीं सके . kilē kō aisā majbūt karnā paṛē jō kōī jā hī nahī̃ sakē . kilā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] jānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] . fortress to such x do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] that some go[root] only not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) .

319Now we still hear that very good ones have gone away. 320Why have they gone away?

248अभी फिर भी सुनते हैं अच्छे-अच्छे चले गये , क्यों चले गये , कहाँ चले गये  ? abhī phir bhī suntē haĩ achchhē-achchhē chalē gayē , kyō̃ chalē gayē , kahā̃ chalē gayē  ? ab[adv.hī] phir bhī[x] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] , kyō̃ chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] , kahā̃ chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]  ? now nevertheless listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] achcha (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]) , why (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]) , where (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive])  ?

321Where have they gone? 322So now, make the fort so strong that, even if someone thinks of it, he is not able to leave it and go away.

249तो ऐसा किला मजबूत करो तो जो कोई सोचे तो भी जा नहीं सके . tō aisā kilā majbūt karō tō jō kōī sōchē tō bhī jā nahī̃ sakē . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sōchnā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] jānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] . then such fortress x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then that some (think[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|think[opt.sg.23]) ∅ go[root] not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) .

323Just as people put up electric wires all around, so too you must also put up the wire of the current of vibrations, so that they are able to remember again. 324Achcha.

250जैसे चारों ओर करेन्ट की तारें लगा देते हैं ना तो आप भी वायब्रेशन द्वारा करेन्ट की तारें लगा दो , जो उन्हों को स्मृति आ जाये . jaisē chārō̃ ōr current kī|key tārē̃ lagā dētē haĩ nā tō āp bhī vibration dvārā current kī|key tārē̃ lagā dō , jō unhō̃ kō smr̥iti ā jāyē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] current karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tārnā[opt.pl.12hon3]|tār[x] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] nā tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] vibration dvārā current karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tārnā[opt.pl.12hon3]|tār[x] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . like everywhere current (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (take across[opt.pl.12hon3]|x) attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] ∅ then you too vibrations through current (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (take across[opt.pl.12hon3]|x) attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , that that to awareness come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

325Now Baba has to meet the parties. 326(Baba was given remembrances from Kavitaben’s family) Give remembrances to the whole family, and give special remembrances to Kavita. 327The thoughts of the heart have to be fulfilled. 328What else is there to do?

251अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

329It has to happen.

252अव्यक्त बापदादा की पर्सनल मुलाकातavyakt bāpdādā kī|key personal mulākātavyakt[adj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key personal mulākāt[n.f.;sg.]avyakt BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x

330One has a thought, and it happens practically. 331It is a means of doing service.

253ग्रुप नं . 1group nã . 1group x . 1group x . 1

332You have good love.

254सर्वखज़ानों से भरपूर रहने वाला ही विश्व कल्याणकारी हैsarvakhazānō̃ sē bharpūr rahnē vālā hī viśhva kalyāṇkārī haix sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]x from full remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who only world beneficial be[pres.sg.23]

333Love makes you move forward. 334(speaking to Robin) It is good to be co-operative with everyone.

255सभी अपने को विश्व कल्याणकारी बाप के बच्चे विश्व कल्याणकारी आत्मायें अनुभव करते हो  ? sabhī apnē kō viśhva kalyāṇkārī bāp kē|K bachchē viśhva kalyāṇkārī ātmāyē̃ anubhav kartē hō  ? sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? all one’s own to world beneficial father (of|K) child world beneficial soul experience do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

335Love does not allow you to be uncooperative. 336It is like this, is it not? 337The heart, the mind, and the intellect, are filled with love. 338Achcha.

256विश्व कल्याणकारी आत्माओं की विशेषता क्या होगी  ? viśhva kalyāṇkārī ātmāō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā kyā hōgī  ? viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? world beneficial soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality what be[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

339(group 1) 340Do all of you experience yourselves to be the world benefactor souls, the children of the Father, the World Benefactor?

257विश्व का कल्याण करने वाली आत्मा पहले स्वयं सर्व खज़ानों से सम्पन्न होगी . viśhva kā kalyāṇ karnē vālī ātmā pahlē svayã sarv khazānō̃ sē sampann hōgī . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svayã sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . world of benefit do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul (x|firstly) x all treasure from full be[fut.f.sg.23] .

341What is the speciality of world-benefactor souls? 342A soul who brings benefit to the whole world will first of all be complete with all the treasures.

258तो सर्व खज़ानों से भरपूर हो  ? tō sarv khazānō̃ sē bharpūr hō  ? tō sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? then all treasure from full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

343So, are you overflowing with all treasures?

259कितनेखज़ाने हैं  ? kitanēkhazānē haĩ  ? x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

344How many treasures do you have?

260बहुत हैं ना  ! bahut haĩ nā  ! bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! very be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

345You have many treasures, do you not?

261तो सब खज़ानों से भरपूर आत्मायें ही औरों को दे सकेंगी . tō sab khazānō̃ sē bharpūr ātmāyē̃ hī aurō̃ kō dē sakē̃gī . tō sab[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] dēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then all treasure from full soul only others to give[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

346Only souls who are overflowing with all treasures can give them to others.

262अगर ज्ञान का खज़ाना है तो फुल ज्ञान हो , कोई भी कमी नहीं हो तब कहेंगे भरपूर . agar gyān kā khazānā hai tō full gyān hō , kōī bhī kamī nahī̃ hō tab kahē̃gē bharpūr . agar gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō full gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bharpūr[adj.] . if knowledge of treasure be[pres.sg.23] then full knowledge (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , anyone x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) for only then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] full .

347If you have the treasure of knowledge, it should be total knowledge. 348Only when there is nothing lacking can you be said to be overflowing.

263तो फुल है या कभी कोई कम भी हो जाता है  ? tō full hai yā kabhī kōī cum|kam bhī hō jātā hai  ? tō full hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] cum|kam[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ? then full be[pres.sg.23] or ever some (x|less) too be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ?

349So, are you overflowing? 350Or do some treasures decrease sometimes?

264है लेकिन समय पर कार्य में लगा सके-ये चेकिंग सदा करते रहो . hai lēkin samay par kārya mē̃ lagā sakē-yē checking sadā kartē rahō . hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x checking sadā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . be[pres.sg.23] but time (at|other) task in (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) x x constantly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

351You do have them, but constantly check that you are able to use them at the time that you want to.

265तो समय पर यूज़कर सकते हो कि समय बीत जाता है पीछे सोचते हो  ? tō samay par yūzakar saktē hō ki samay bīt jātā hai pīchhē sōchtē hō  ? tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] x saknā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] pīchhē sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then time (at|other) x can[pres.pl.m.2] that time pass[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] x think[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

352Are you able to use them at the right time? 353Or does the moment pass by, and then you think about it?

266फिर क्या कहना पड़ता है-ऐसे करते थे , ऐसे होता था तो ‘ थे ’ और ‘ था ’ होता है . phir kyā kahnā paṛtā hai-aisē kartē thē , aisē hōtā thā tō ‘ thē ’ aur ‘ thā ’ hōtā hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyā kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x karnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[hab-past.m.sg.] tō ‘ hōnā[past.pl] ’ aur ‘ hōnā[past.m.sg] ’ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (turn[root]|then) what say[inf.m.sg.d.] fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x do[hab-past.pl.m.] , such be[hab-past.m.sg.] then ‘ be[past.pl] ’ and ‘ be[past.m.sg] ’ be[pres.sg.m.23] .

354What do you have to say then? 355“If it had been like this”, or “if it had been like that”..

267क्या चेक करना है कि समय पर जोखज़ाना चाहिये वो खज़ाना कार्य में लगा या नहीं  ? kyā check karnā hai ki samay par jōkhazānā chāhiyē vō khazānā kārya mē̃ lagā yā nahī̃  ? kyā check karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] x chāhiē vah[pn.;d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā nahī̃[neg]  ? what check do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that time (at|other) x should that treasure task in (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) or not  ?

356You have to use the past tense, and you think what it should have been like. 357So, what do you have to check?

268विश्व कल्याणकारी आत्मायें सदा हर समय चाहे मन्सा , चाहे वाचा , चाहे कर्मणा , चाहे सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में , हर समय सेवा में बिजी रहती हैं . viśhva kalyāṇkārī ātmāyē̃ sadā har|her samay chāhē mansā , chāhē vāchā , chāhē karmaṇā , chāhē sambandh-sampark mē̃ , har|her samay sēvā mē̃ busy rahtī haĩ . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāchā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karmaṇā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . world beneficial soul constantly (x|x[root]) time (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x in , (x|x[root]) time service in busy remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 269तो इतने बिजी रहते हो  ? tō itnē busy rahtē hō  ? tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then such busy remain[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

358Whether you were able to use the treasures you wanted at that time, or not. 359World-benefactor souls always remain busy in service at every moment, whether in their thoughts, their words, actions, or their contacts and relationships.

270सबसे ज्यादा सेवा में बिजी कौन रहता है  ? sabsē jyādā sēvā mē̃ busy kaun rahtā hai  ? sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy kaun[pn.;d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? the most more service in busy who remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

360Do you remain so busy? 361Who remains busy in service the most?

271क्योंकि जब नाम ही है विश्व कल्याणकारी तो यह आक्युपेशन हो गया ना . kyōṅki jab nām hī hai viśhva kalyāṇkārī tō yah occupation hō gayā nā . kyōṅki jab nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] occupation hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . because when name only be[pres.sg.23] world beneficial then this occupation be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .

362Since you are called “the world benefactors”, this is your occupation.

272तो जो आक्युपेशन होता है उसके बिना रह नहीं सकते . tō jō occupation hōtā hai uskē binā rah nahī̃ saktē . tō jō[pn.;d.] occupation hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then that occupation be[pres.sg.m.23] of that[.kē] without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

363So, you cannot remain without carrying out your occupation.

273तो सदा बिजी हैं और सदा रहेंगे . tō sadā busy haĩ aur sadā rahē̃gē . tō sadā busy hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sadā rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then constantly busy be[pres.pl.12hon3] and constantly remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

364So, you are constantly busy, and you will remain busy.

274सारा दिन बुद्धि में क्या रहता है  ? sārā din buddhi mē̃ kyā rahtā hai  ? sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kyā rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? the whole day intellect in what remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

365What remains in your intellect throughout the whole day?

275कोई आत्मा मिले और सन्देश दें . kōī ātmā milē aur sandēśh dē̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] aur sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . some soul (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) and message give[opt.pl.12hon3] .

366Just that, when you meet a soul, you can give him the message.

276अच्छा है , भारतवासी अपने विधि से सेवा में आगे बढ़ रहे हैं और मलेशिया वाले अपनी विधि से , रशिया वाले अपनी विधि से , लेकिन सभी याद और सेवा की लगन से आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . achchhā hai , bhāratvāsī apnē vidhi sē sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛh rahē haĩ aur Malaysia vālē apnī vidhi sē , Russia vālē apnī vidhi sē , lēkin sabhī yād aur sēvā kī|key lagan sē āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bhāratvāsī[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur Malaysia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , Russia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , lēkin sab[adv.hī] yād[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , people of Bharat one’s own method from service in previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and Malaysia those who one’s own method from , x those who one’s own method from , but all remembrance and service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love from previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

367It is good. 368The people of Bharat are moving forward in service with their own method, those from Malaysia with their own method, and those from Russia with their own method: each one is moving forward with the love for remembrance and service.

277बापदादा को भी सभी बच्चों को देख खुशी होती है कि कहाँ-कहाँ से बिछुड़ी हुई आत्मायें अपने परिवार में पहुँच गई . bāpdādā kō bhī sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśhī hōtī hai ki kahā̃-kahā̃ sē bichhuṛī huī ātmāyē̃ apnē parivār mē̃ pahũch gaī . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] bichhuṛnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . BapDada to too all child to see[root] happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] that where from want to be separated[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul one’s own family in reach[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

369BapDada is happy to see all the children - those souls from so many different places - who had been separated, have now come, and have reached their family.

278आप सभी को भी खुशी है ना  ? āp sabhī kō bhī khuśhī hai nā  ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? you all to too happiness be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

370All of you also have this happiness, do you not?

279अपना परिवार देख खुशी में नाचते हो ना  ? apnā parivār dēkh khuśhī mē̃ nāchtē hō nā  ? apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? (adopt[root]|one’s own) family see[root] happiness in dance[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

371You dance with happiness on seeing your family, do you not?

280विश्व कल्याणकारी हैं तो चारों ओर के विश्व की आत्माओं का पार्ट नूंधा हुआ है . viśhva kalyāṇkārī haĩ tō chārō̃ ōr kē|K viśhva kī|key ātmāō̃ kā part nūndhā huā hai . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] nūndhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . world beneficial be[pres.pl.12hon3] then everywhere (of|K) world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) soul of part x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

372You are the world benefactors, and the part of each soul of the entire word is fixed.

281एक भी कोना रह जायेगा तो विश्व नहीं कहेंगे . ēk bhī kōnā rah jāyēgā tō viśhva nahī̃ kahē̃gē . ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . one too corner remain[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then world not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

373If even one corner is left out, then it would not be called “world”.

282अच्छा , रशिया में सेवा अच्छी बढ़ रही है . achchhā , Russia mē̃ sēvā achchhī baṛh rahī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , Russia mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . achcha , x in service achcha grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

374Achcha, service is moving ahead very fast in Russia.

283मलेशिया तो है ही आगे ना  ! Malaysia tō hai hī āgē nā  ! Malaysia tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] āgē nā  ! Malaysia then be[pres.sg.23] only previously ∅  !

375Malaysia is of course in front anyway.

284अच्छी रिजल्ट है . achchhī result hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha result be[pres.sg.23] .

376The result is good.

285भारत तो है ही फाउन्डेशन . bhārat tō hai hī foundation . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] foundation . Bharat then be[pres.sg.23] only foundation .

377And Bharat is the foundation anyway.

286भारत जगा तब तो विदेश जगा ना . bhārat jagā tab tō vidēśh jagā nā . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] jagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jagānā[root] tab tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jagānā[root] nā . Bharat (wake up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|awaken[root]) for only then then abroad (wake up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|awaken[root]) ∅ . 287तो हर स्थान और हर बच्चे की अच्छी खुशबू बाप के पास आती रहती है . tō har|her sthān aur har|her bachchē kī|key achchhī khuśhbū bāp kē pās ātī rahtī hai . tō har|harnā[root]|her sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then (x|x[root]) place and (x|x[root]) child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) achcha fragrance father to come[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

378It is because Bharat was awakened that the whole world was awakened. 379Very good fragrance from each each child and each place is reaching Baba.

288भारतवासियों को अनेक तरफ की आत्माओं को देख और ज्यादा खुशी होती है . bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō anēk taraph kī|key ātmāō̃ kō dēkh aur jyādā khuśhī hōtī hai . bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anēk[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] aur jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . people of Bharat to many direction (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) soul to see[root] and more happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .

380The people of Bharat have even greater happiness when they see souls from all other directions.

289भारतवासीफ्राकदिल हैं . bhāratavāsīphrākadil haĩ . x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

381The people of Bharat are very generous-hearted.

290खुशी बढ़ती है ना-वाह , हमारा परिवार . khuśhī baṛhtī hai nā-vāh , hamārā parivār . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23] x , ham[pn.pl.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . happiness grow[pres.sg.f.23] x , we[.kā] family .

382Your happiness increases, does it not?

291आप सबको देख करके सभी के दिल से दुआयें निकलती हैं . āp sabkō dēkh karkē sabhī kē|K dil sē duāyē̃ nikaltī haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sabkō dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . you everything see[root] do[abs.] all (of|K) heart from blessing be extracted[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

383“Wah, my family!”: on seeing all of you, blessings emerge from everyone’s heart.

292बहुत अच्छा , जो हमारे बिछड़े हुए भाई-बहनें मिल गये . bahut achchhā , jō hamārē bichaṛē huē bhāī-bahanē̃ mil gayē . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] ham[pn.pl.kē] x hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . very achcha , that we[.kē] x be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] brother and sister receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

384“It is very good that we have now met our brothers and sisters who had been separated”.

293कोई बिछड़ा हुआ आकर परिवार में मिल जाये तो कितनी खुशी होती है  ! kōī bichaṛā huā ākar parivār mē̃ mil jāyē tō kitnī khuśhī hōtī hai  ! kōī[pn.;d.] x hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ānā[abs.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ! some x be[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[abs.] family in receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23]  ! 294तो आपको भी खुशी और सभी को भी खुशी होती है . tō āpkō bhī khuśhī aur sabhī kō bhī khuśhī hōtī hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then you[.kō] too happiness and all to too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .

385So much happiness is experienced when someone who had been separated comes, and becomes part of the family once again.

295श्रीलंका वाले भी लक्की हैं . śhrīlaṅkā vālē bhī lucky haĩ . laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] lucky hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Lanka those who too lucky be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 296क्योंकि नाम ही है श्रीलंका . kyōṅki nām hī hai śhrīlaṅkā . kyōṅki nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] . because name only be[pres.sg.23] Lanka .

386You experience happiness, and everyone else also experiences happiness.

297श्री सदा श्रेष्ठ को कहते हैं . śhrī sadā śhrēṣhṭh kō kahtē haĩ . śhrī[x] sadā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Shri constantly elevated to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 298तो श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें बन गये हैं ना  ! tō śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ ban gayē haĩ nā  ! tō śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā  ! then elevated soul become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅  !

387Those from Sri Lanka are also lucky, because your name is Sri Lanka: those who are elevated are called “Shri”.

299कितना भी कहाँ हंगामा होता रहे लेकिन आप सेफ हो . kitnā bhī kahā̃ haṅgāmā hōtā rahē lēkin āp safe hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kahā̃ haṅgāmā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] safe hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . so too where chaos be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] but you safe (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

388So, you have become the elevated souls, have you not?

300याद की छत्रछाया में हो . yād kī chhatrachhāyā mē̃ hō . yād karnā[past-part.f.] chhatrachhāyā[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . remember canopy of protection in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 301अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  ! 302ग्रुप नं . 2group nã . 2group x . 2group x . 2

389No matter how much upheaval takes place anywhere, you are safe.

303स्वयं और समय के महत्व को जानकर भविष्य प्रालब्ध जमा करोsvayã aur samay kē|K mahatva kō jānkar bhaviṣhya prālabdh jamā karōsvayã aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[abs.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]x and time (of|K) importance to know[abs.] future reward accumulate

390You are under the canopy of protection of remembrance. 391Achcha. 392(group 2)

304सदा अपने को बाप के साथ रहने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें अनुभव करते हो  ? sadā apnē kō bāp kē sāth rahnē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ anubhav kartē hō  ? sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? constantly one’s own to father with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul experience do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

393Do you constantly experience yourselves to be the elevated souls who remain in the company of the Father?

305सदा साथ रहने वाले वा कभी-कभी साथ रहने वाले क्या समझते हो  ? sadā sāth rahnē vālē vā kabhī-kabhī sāth rahnē vālē kyā samajhtē hō  ? sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vā kabhī[adv.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? constantly with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who or ever with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who what understand[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

394Are you those who constantly remain with the Father, or is it only sometimes? 395What do you think?

306जब बाप का साथ छूटता है तो और कोई साथी बनते हैं  ? jab bāp kā sāth chhūṭtā hai tō aur kōī sāthī bantē haĩ  ? jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhūṭnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō aur kōī[x] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? when father of with let go[pres.sg.m.23] then someone else companion become[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

396When you let go of the Father’s company does anyone else become your companion?

307माया तो साथी बनती है ना  ! māyā tō sāthī bantī hai nā  ! māyā[n.f.;sg.] tō sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23] nā  ! Maya then companion become[pres.sg.f.23] ∅  !

397Maya becomes your companion, does she not?

308कितने जन्म माया के साथी रहे  ? kitnē janm māyā kē|K sāthī rahē  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? so (life|be born[root]) Maya (of|K) companion (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.])  ?

398For how many births have you been Maya’s companion?

309बहुत रहे ना . bahut rahē nā . bahut rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . very (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ .

399For many births.

310और बाप का साथ प्रैक्टिकल में कितने समय का है  ? aur bāp kā sāth practical mē̃ kitnē samay kā hai  ? aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? and father of with practical in so time of be[pres.sg.23]  ?

400And for how long do you have the Father’s company in a practical way?

311संगमयुग है ना और संगमयुग है भी सबसे छोटा युग . saṅgamyug hai nā aur saṅgamyug hai bhī sabsē chhōṭā yug . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā aur saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] sabsē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] . confluence age be[pres.sg.23] ∅ and confluence age be[pres.sg.23] too the most small age .

401Just for the Confluence Age. 402And the Confluence Age is the smallest age of all.

312तो क्या करना चाहिये  ? tō kyā karnā chāhiyē  ? tō kyā karnā[.oblig3]  ? then what do[.oblig3]  ?

403So, what should you do?

313सदा होना चाहिये . sadā hōnā chāhiyē . sadā hōnā[.oblig3] . constantly be[.oblig3] . 314क्योंकि सारे कल्प में कितना भी पुरूषार्थ करो तो भी साथ का अनुभव कर सकेंगे  ? kyōṅki sārē kalp mē̃ kitnā bhī purūṣhārth karō tō bhī sāth kā anubhav kar sakē̃gē  ? kyōṅki sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bhī[x] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? because the whole cycle in so too effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ with of experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? 315 ( नहीं ) तो इसका सलोगन क्या है  ? ( nahī̃ ) tō iskā salōgan kyā hai  ? ( nahī̃[neg] ) tō yah[pn.sg.kā] x kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? ( not ) then this[.kā] x what be[pres.sg.23]  ? 316 ( अभी नहीं तो कभी नहीं ) यह याद रहता है  ? ( abhī nahī̃ tō kabhī nahī̃ ) yah yād rahtā hai  ? ( ab[adv.hī] nahī̃ tō[x] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? ( now otherwise ever not ) this remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

404You should constantly keep the Company, because, no matter how much effort you make throughout the whole kalpa, will you otherwise be able to experience the Company? (“No”) So what is the slogan for this? (“If not now, then never.”) Do you remember this?

317समय का भी महत्व याद रहे और स्वयं का भी महत्व याद रहे . samay kā bhī mahatva yād rahē aur svayã kā bhī mahatva yād rahē . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur svayã kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . time of too importance remembrance (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and x of too importance remembrance (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

405You should be able to remember the importance of time and of the self.

318दोनों महत्व वाले हैं ना  ! dōnō̃ mahatva vālē haĩ nā  ! dōnō̃ mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! x importance those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

406You are aware of the importance of each, are you not?

319इस संगमयुग के समय को , जीवन को-दोनों को हीरे तुल्य कहा जाता है . is saṅgamyug kē|K samay kō , jīvan kō-dōnō̃ kō hīrē tulya kahā jātā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kō[postp.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tulya[adj.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . this confluence age (of|K) time to , life x to diamond as valuable as (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .

407The time and the life of the Confluence Age are each said to be as valuable as diamonds.

320हीरे का मूल्य कितना होता है  ! hīrē kā mūlya kitnā hōtā hai  ! hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ! diamond of value so be[pres.sg.m.23]  !

408Diamonds are so valuable!

321तो इतना महत्व जानते हुए एक सेकण्ड भी संगमयुग के साथ को छोड़ना नहीं है . tō itnā mahatva jāntē huē ēk second bhī saṅgamyug kē sāth kō chhōṛnā nahī̃ hai . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then such importance know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] one second too confluence age with to renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

409So, whilst knowing this importance, do not let go of the Company at the Confluence Age.

322सेकण्ड गया , तो सेकण्ड नहीं लेकिन बहुत कुछ गया . second gayā , tō second nahī̃ lēkin bahut kuchh gayā . second jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō second nahī̃[neg] lēkin bahut kuchh jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . second go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then second not but very anything go[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

410If you lose a second, you have lost not a second, but a great deal.

323ऐसी स्मृति रहती है  ? aisī smr̥iti rahtī hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? such awareness remain[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

411Do you have such an awareness?

324सारे कल्प की प्रालब्ध जमा करने का समय अब है . sārē kalp kī|key prālabdh jamā karnē kā samay ab hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole cycle (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time now be[pres.sg.23] .

412Now is the time to accumulate the reward for the entire kalpa.

325अगर सीजन पर सीजन को महत्व नहीं देते तो सदा के लिये वंचित रह जाते हैं . agar season par season kō mahatva nahī̃ dētē tō sadā kē|K liyē vañchit rah jātē haĩ . agar season par[postp.]|par[adj.] season kō[postp.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sadā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vañchit[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . if season (at|other) season to importance not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then constantly (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] deprived remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

413If you do not give importance to the season, during the season, then you are deprived for all time.

326तो इस समय का महत्व है , जमा करने का समय है . tō is samay kā mahatva hai , jamā karnē kā samay hai . tō is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then at this time of importance be[pres.sg.23] , (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] .

414So, the importance of this time is this is the time to accumulate.

327अगर राज्य अधिकारी भी बनते हो तो भी अभी के जमा के हिसाब से और पूज्य भी बनते हो तो इस समय के जमा के हिसाब से . agar rājya adhikārī bhī bantē hō tō bhī abhī kē|K jamā kē|K hisāb sē aur pūjya bhī bantē hō tō is samay kē|K jamā kē|K hisāb sē . agar rājya adhikārī[x] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhī[x] ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur pūjya[adj.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] tō is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . if master too become[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ now (of|K) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (of|K) account from and worthy of worship too become[pres.pl.m.2] then at this time (of|K) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (of|K) account from .

415When you claim a right to the kingdom, it is on the basis of what you accumulate at the present time. 416And when you become worthy of worship, that is also on the basis of what you accumulate at this time.

328एक छोटे से जन्म में अनेक जन्मों की प्रालब्ध जमा करना है . ēk chhōṭē sē janm mē̃ anēk janmō̃ kī|key prālabdh jamā karnā hai . ēk[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . one small from (life|be born[root]) in many life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward accumulate .

417In one short birth you have to accumulate a reward for many births.

329ये याद रहता है कि कभी-कभी  ? yē yād rahtā hai ki kabhī-kabhī  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.]  ? this remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] that ever  ?

418Do you remember this? 419Or only sometimes?

330सम टाइम है  ? sam time hai  ? sam[adj.] time hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x time be[pres.sg.23]  ?

420Is it sometimes?

331तो ये सम टाइम शब्द कब खत्म करेंगे  ? tō yē sam time śhabda kab khatm karē̃gē  ? tō yah[pn.pl.d.] sam[adj.] time śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then this x time word when finished do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

421When will you finish the word “sometimes”?

332समाप्ति समारोह कब मनायेंगे  ? samāpti samārōh kab manāyēṅgē  ? samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samārōh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? completion ceremony when celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

422When will you celebrate the completion ceremony?

333रावण को भी मारने के बाद जलाकर खत्म कर देते हैं  ? rāvaṇ kō bhī mārnē kē bād jalākar khatm kar dētē haĩ  ? rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] jalānā[abs.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]  ? Ravan to too beat[inf.m.pl.,o.] after burn[abs.] finished do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]  ?

423After killing Ravan, they burn him, and finish him off completely.

334तो अभी मारा है , जलाया नहीं है . tō abhī mārā hai , jalāyā nahī̃ hai . tō ab[adv.hī] mārnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then now beat[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

424You too have killed Ravan, but you haven’t yet burnt him.

335अच्छा , ये वेराइटी ग्रुप है . achchhā , yē variety group hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] variety group hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha , this variety group be[pres.sg.23] .

425It is good - this is a variety group.

336बापदादा एक-एक रत्न की वैल्यु को जानते हैं . bāpdādā ēk-ēk ratna kī|key value kō jāntē haĩ . bāpdādā ēk[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key value kō[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada one jewel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Values to know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

426BapDada knows the value of each jewel.

337उसी अमूल्य रत्न की दृष्टि से देखते हैं . usī amūlya ratna kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi sē dēkhtē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.hī] amūlya[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that[.hī] invaluable jewel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

427He sees each one with the vision of them being a valuable jewel.

338है ना अमूल्य रत्न  ! hai nā amūlya ratna  ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā amūlya[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅ invaluable jewel  !

428You are invaluable jewels, are you not?

339कम भाग्य नहीं है जो ऊंचे ते ऊंचे भगवान् के बन गये . cum|kam bhāgya nahī̃ hai jō ūñchē tē ūñchē bhagvān kē|K ban gayē . cum|kam[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhagvān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . (x|less) x not be[pres.sg.23] that elevated from elevated God (of|K) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

429It is no small fortune that you now belong to the Highest-on-High God!

340तो खुश रहो और खुशी बांटते चलो . tō khuśh rahō aur khuśhī bāṇṭtē chalō . tō khuśh[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then happy remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and happiness distribute[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

430So, remain happy, and continually distribute happiness.

341भरपूर हैं ना कि थोड़ा कम है  ? bharpūr haĩ nā ki thōṛā cum|kam hai  ? bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? full be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ that short (x|less) be[pres.sg.23]  ?

431You are overflowing, are you not?

342जो फुल होता है वह फेल नहीं होता . jō full hōtā hai vah fail nahī̃ hōtā . jō[pn.;d.] full hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] fail nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that full be[pres.sg.m.23] that fail not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

432Or are you lacking a little? 433Those who are full never fail.

343तो विजयी हैं ना  ? tō vijayī haĩ nā  ? tō vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? then victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

434And so you are victorious.

344अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

435Achcha.

345ग्रुप नं . 3group nã . 3group x . 3group x . 3

436(group 3)

346सपूत बन स्वयं पर श्रीमत और वरदानों का हाथ अनुभव करते हुए समान बनने का सबूत दोsapūt ban svayã par śhrīmat aur vardānō̃ kā hāth anubhav kartē huē samān bannē kā sabūt dōsapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] svayã par[postp.]|par[adj.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]worthy (x|become[root]) x (at|other) shrimat and blessing of hand experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])

437Do all of you have the aim of becoming similar to the Father? 438Have you become similar to the Father?

347सभी का लक्ष्य बाप समान बनने का है ना . sabhī kā lakṣhya bāp samān bannē kā hai nā . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . all of aim equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

439Or do you still have to become this?

348बाप समान बनना है या बने हैं  ? bāp samān bannā hai yā banē haĩ  ? bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? 349फलक से कहो कि हम ही बने थे , हम ही हैं और हम ही बनते रहेंगे . phalak sē kahō ki ham hī banē thē , ham hī haĩ aur ham hī bantē rahē̃gē . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[past-perf.pl.m.] , ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . sparkle of intoxication from say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we only become[past-perf.pl.m.] , we only be[pres.pl.12hon3] and we only become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

440Say with intoxication that you have become this, that you are this, and that you will be this. 441The slogan of all of you is to “follow the father”.

350आप सभी का सलोगन है ‘ फॉलो फादर ’ . āp sabhī kā salōgan hai ‘ follow father ’ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ‘ follow father[x] ’ . you all of x be[pres.sg.23] ‘ follow the Father ’ .

442So, are you this now, or will you become this later?

351तो फॉलो फादर करने वाले को क्या कहेंगे  ? tō follow father karnē vālē kō kyā kahē̃gē  ? tō follow father[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then follow the Father do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

443What are those who follow the father called?

352समान हुए ना . samān huē nā . samān[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . equal be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ .

444They are the same, are they not?

353जो बाप के कदम वो आपके कदम , तभी तो फॉलोफादर कहेंगे . jō bāp kē|K kadam vō āpkē kadam , tabhī tō phôlōphādar kahē̃gē . jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tabhī tō x kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that father (of|K) step that you[.kē] step , x then x say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 354तो फॉलोफादर है  ? tō phôlōphādar hai  ? tō x hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

445Whatever are the father’s steps are also your steps: only then can you be said to be following the father.

355बापदादा सभी बच्चों को सदा सपूत बच्चों के रूप में देखते हैं . bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō sadā sapūt bachchō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada all child to constantly worthy child (of|K) Rup in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

446BapDada constantly sees all the children as worthy children.

356सपूत बच्चा किसको कहा जाता है  ? sapūt bachchā kiskō kahā jātā hai  ? sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive]  ? worthy child who[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])  ?

447Which children are called worthy children?

357जो हर कर्म में सपूत बन बाप को सबूत दे . jō har|her karma mē̃ sapūt ban bāp kō sabūt dē . jō[pn.;d.] har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] . that (x|x[root]) deed in worthy (x|become[root]) father to x (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) .

448Those who are obedient in every action, and who give the proof to the Father.

358सपूत अर्थात् सबूत देने वाले . sapūt arthāt sabūt dēnē vālē . sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . worthy that is x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

449To be worthy means to be one who gives the proof.

359प्रत्यक्षफल खा रहे हो ना कि भविष्य के लिए सिर्फ जमा होता है , वर्तमान में नहीं . pratyakṣhaphal khā rahē hō nā ki bhaviṣhya kē liē sirph jamā hōtā hai , vartamān mē̃ nahī̃ . pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ki[conj.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] kē liē[x] sirph[adj.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vartamān[adj.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . x eat[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ that future for only (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] , present in not .

450You are eating the instant, visible fruit, are you not? 451Or is it only being accumulated for the future, and not for the present?

360एक कदम सेवा का करते हो वा याद में रहते हो तो शक्ति मिलती है , खुशी भी मिलती है , अनुभव है  ? ēk kadam sēvā kā kartē hō vā yād mē̃ rahtē hō tō śhakti miltī hai , khuśhī bhī miltī hai , anubhav hai  ? ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vā yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? one step service of do[pres.pl.m.2] or remembrance in remain[pres.pl.m.2] then Shakti receive[pres.sg.f.23] , happiness too receive[pres.sg.f.23] , experience be[pres.sg.23]  ?

452When you take one step of service - or stay in remembrance - you receive power and also happiness. 453Do you have this experience?

361प्रत्यक्षफल खाने वाले अर्थात् सदा हेल्दी , वेल्दी और हैप्पी रहने वाले . pratyakṣhaphal khānē vālē arthāt sadā healthy , wealthy aur happy rahnē vālē . pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] arthāt sadā healthy , wealthy aur happy rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who that is constantly healthy , wealthy and x remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

454To eat the instant, visible fruit means to remain healthy, wealthy, and happy. 455So, all of you are also wealthy.

362तो सभी वेल्दी भी हो . tō sabhī wealthy bhī hō . tō sab[adv.hī] wealthy bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then all wealthy too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

456How many treasures do you have?

363कितने खज़ाने हैं  ? kitnē khazānē haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? so treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? 364बहुत खज़ाने हैं ना . bahut khazānē haĩ nā . bahut khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . very treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ . 365भरपूर हो ना  ? bharpūr hō nā  ? bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

457You have many treasures: you are overflowing with them, are you not?

366या थोड़ा-थोड़ा खाली हैं  ? yā thōṛā-thōṛā khālī haĩ  ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? or short empty be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

458Or are you a little empty?

367जितनाखज़ानों से भरपूर रहेंगे तो जो सम्पन्न होता है उसमें हलचल भी नहीं होती और दूसरी चीज़भर भी नहीं सकती . jitanākhazānō̃ sē bharpūr rahē̃gē tō jō sampann hōtā hai usmē̃ halchal bhī nahī̃ hōtī aur dūsrī cīzabhar bhī nahī̃ saktī . x sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō jō[pn.;d.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] halchal[x] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . x from full remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that full be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] upheaval too not be[pres-part.f.] and other x too not can[pres-part.f.] .

459Those who remain overflowing with the treasures, never come into fluctuation. 460And, because of being full, neither can anything else enter them.

368सपूत बच्चे अर्थात् सदा बाप के श्रीमत का हाथ और साथ अनुभव करने वाले . sapūt bachchē arthāt sadā bāp kē|K śhrīmat kā hāth aur sāth anubhav karnē vālē . sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] arthāt sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . worthy child that is constantly father (of|K) shrimat of hand and with experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

461A worthy child is one who constantly experience the hand of Baba’s shrimat, and his company.

369तो श्रीमत का हाथ सदा अपने ऊपर अनुभव करते चलो . tō śhrīmat kā hāth sadā apnē ūpar anubhav kartē chalō . tō śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then shrimat of hand constantly one’s own over experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 370सदा हाथ है  ? sadā hāth hai  ? sadā hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? constantly hand be[pres.sg.23]  ?

462Do you constantly have the hand of shrimat? 463Do you have the Company constantly?

371तो जहाँ बाप का हाथ है वहाँ सफलता है ही है . tō jahā̃ bāp kā hāth hai vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī hai . tō jahā̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then where there father of hand be[pres.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .

464Where there is the Father’s hand, success is guaranteed.

372बाप की श्रीमत का हाथ अर्थात् वरदान का हाथ . bāp kī|key śhrīmat kā hāth arthāt vardān kā hāth . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shrimat of hand that is blessing of hand .

465Baba’s hand of shrimat means the hand of blessings.

373कोई भी कार्य करते हो तो पहले ये स्मृति में लाओ कि श्रीमत का हाथ , वरदान का हाथ सदा हमारे ऊपर है . kōī bhī kārya kartē hō tō pahlē yē smr̥iti mē̃ lāō ki śhrīmat kā hāth , vardān kā hāth sadā hamārē ūpar hai . kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.pl.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā ham[pn.pl.kē] ūpar hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone task do[pres.pl.m.2] then (x|firstly) this awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that shrimat of hand , blessing of hand constantly we[.kē] over be[pres.sg.23] .

466Whenever you carry out any task, always have the awareness that you have the hand of shrimat - the hand of blessings - over you.

374अनुभव करते हो ना और बाप को भी सपूत बच्चों को वरदान देने में खुशी होती है . anubhav kartē hō nā aur bāp kō bhī sapūt bachchō̃ kō vardān dēnē mē̃ khuśhī hōtī hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ and father to too worthy child to blessing give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .

467You experience this, do you not? 468And Baba also experiences happiness in giving blessings to the worthy children.

375कभी भी ये वरदान का हाथ छूट नहीं सकता . kabhī bhī yē vardān kā hāth chhūṭ nahī̃ saktā . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.pl.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhūṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . ever too this blessing of hand let go[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

469The hand of blessings can never be removed. 470Can anyone remove it?

376कोई छुड़ा सकता है , है किसकी ताकत कि कभी-कभी माया की हो जाती है  ? kōī chhuṛā saktā hai , hai kiskī tākat ki kabhī-kabhī māyā kī hō jātī hai  ? kōī[pn.;d.] chhuṛānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] kaun[pn.sg.kī] tākat[n.f.;sg.] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] jānā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? some free[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , be[pres.sg.23] who[.kī] power that ever Maya do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] go[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

471Does anyone have this strength? 472Does Maya sometimes have the courage to do this?

377माया ने विदाई कर ली या कभी-कभी उसको बुला लेते हो  ? māyā nē vidāī kar lī yā kabhī-kabhī uskō bulā lētē hō  ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] yā kabhī[adv.] vah[pn.sg.kō] bulānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā]  ? Maya ∅ farewell do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] or ever that[.kō] call[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā]  ?

473She doesn’t, does she? 474Has Maya now gone? 475Have you bade farewell to her?

378कमज़ोर होना अर्थात् माया को बुलाना . kamzōr hōnā arthāt māyā kō bulānā . kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bulānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . weak be[inf.m.sg.d.] that is Maya to call[inf.m.sg.d.] .

476Or do you sometimes call her? 477To be weak means to call Maya.

379कमज़ोर होते हो क्या  ? kamzōr hōtē hō kyā  ? kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā  ? weak be[pres.pl.m.2] what  ?

478Do you become weak?

380चाहते नहीं हो लेकिन हो जाते हो  ? chāhtē nahī̃ hō lēkin hō jātē hō  ? chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ? x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ?

479Perhaps you do not wish to, but you do become weak?

381नहीं , हो ही नहीं सकते . nahī̃ , hō hī nahī̃ saktē . nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . not , (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

480No, this is not possible.

382मास्टरसर्वशक्तिमानऔरकमज़ोर हो सकता है क्या  ? māsṭarasarvaśaktimānaaurakamazōr hō saktā hai kyā  ? x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] kyā  ? x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] what  ?

481Can a master almighty authority be weak? 482You are not saying “no” to this.

383रोशनी के होते अंधकार होगा क्या  ? rōśhnī kē|K hōtē andhkār hōgā kyā  ? rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] kyā  ? light (of|K) be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] darkness be[fut.m.sg.23] what  ?

483Would there be darkness where there is light? 484So, can both exist together?

384तो सर्वशक्तिमानऔरकमज़ोर दोनों बातें मिलती हैं क्या  ? tō sarvaśaktimānaaurakamazōr dōnō̃ bātē̃ miltī haĩ kyā  ? tō x dōnō̃ bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] kyā  ? then x x matter receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] what  ?

485Can you be a master almighty authority, and be weak at the same time? 486So, why do you call Maya?

385फिर माया को क्यों बुलाते हो  ? phir māyā kō kyō̃ bulātē hō  ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kyō̃ bulānā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? (turn[root]|then) Maya to why call[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

487You do not call her, but she comes by force.

386बुलाते नहीं हो , वो जबरदस्ती आती है . bulātē nahī̃ hō , vō jabardastī ātī hai . bulānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.;d.] jabardastī ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . call[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that x come[pres.sg.f.23] .

488Maya has love for you, but you do not love Maya.

387माया का आपसे प्यार है , आपका माया से नहीं  ? māyā kā āpsē pyār hai , āpkā māyā sē nahī̃  ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kā] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg]  ? Maya of you[.sē] love be[pres.sg.23] , you[.kā] Maya from not  ?

489Let the tilak of victory be applied every day at amrit vela, and refresh yourselves with that.

388सदा अमृतवेले अपने आपको विजय का तिलक लगाओ और बार-बार उसे रिफ्रेश करो . sadā amr̥itvēlē apnē āpkō vijay kā tilak lagāō aur bār-bār usē refresh karō . sadā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur bār[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.kō] refresh karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly amrit vela one’s own you[.kō] victory of tilak attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and time that[.kō] refresh do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 389अनेक बार के विजयी हो . anēk bār kē|K vijayī hō . anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vijayī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . many time (of|K) victorious (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 390ये तो पक्का है ना  ! yē tō pakkā hai nā  ! yah[pn.pl.d.] tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! this then firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

490This is firm, isn’t it? 491Since you have kept so much courage, and belonged to Baba, then, because of your courage, you of course receive multi-million-fold help.

391जब इतनी हिम्मत रख बाप के बन गये तो बनने के बाद हिम्मत की पद्म गुणा मदद मिलती है . jab itnī himmat rakh bāp kē|K ban gayē tō bannē kē bād himmat kī|key padma guṇā madad miltī hai . jab itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . when such courage keep[root] father (of|K) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then become[inf.m.pl.,o.] after courage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion fold x receive[pres.sg.f.23] .

492You have this experience of taking one step with courage, and or receiving multi-million steps of help, do you not?

392एक कदम की हिम्मत और पदम कदम की मदद . ēk kadam kī|key himmat aur padam kadam kī|key madad . ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] . one step (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage and multimillion step (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x .

493Does everyone have this experience?

393यह अनुभव है ना  ? yah anubhav hai nā  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? this experience be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ? 394पदमगुणा मदद अनुभव करने वाले अर्थात् सदा बाप समान विजयी हैं ही हैं . padamguṇā madad anubhav karnē vālē arthāt sadā bāp samān vijayī haĩ hī haĩ . padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] arthāt sadā bāp samān[x] vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . multimillion-fold x experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that is constantly equal to the Father victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

494Those who experience multi-million-fold help are similar to the Father, and definitely victorious. 495You have to become equal to the Father.

395सबसे ज्यादा प्यार बाप से है ना . sabsē jyādā pyār bāp sē hai nā . sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . the most more love father from be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

496You have the greatest love for the Father.

396तो जिससे प्यार होता है उस जैसा तो बनना ही है . tō jissē pyār hōtā hai us jaisā tō bannā hī hai . tō jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] that like then become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

497Therefore, you have to become the same as the one whom you love.

397प्यार का रेसपॉन्स है समान बनना . pyār kā response hai samān bannā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] response hōnā[pres.sg.23] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . love of response be[pres.sg.23] equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

498The response of love is to become the same. 499Achcha.

398अच्छा , सभी अपने को बाप के समीप , बाप के प्यारे ते प्यारी आत्मायें अनुभव कर उड़ते चलो . achchhā , sabhī apnē kō bāp kē|K samīp , bāp kē|K pyārē tē pyārī ātmāyē̃ anubhav kar uṛtē chalō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , all one’s own to father (of|K) close , father (of|K) loving from loving soul experience do[root] fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

500All of you experience yourselves to be close to the Father, and to be the souls most loved by the Father: those who continue to fly.

399ग्रुप नं . 4group nã . 4group x . 4group x . 4

501(group 4)

400सदा बाप के दिलतख्तनशीन , परमात्म प्यारे बनो तो बेफ़्रिक बादशाह बन जायेंगेsadā bāp kē|K diltakhtanaśhīn , paramātma pyārē banō tō bēfrik bādśhāh ban jāyēṅgēsadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō x bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]constantly father (of|K) seated on the heart throne , Supreme Soul loving become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then x emperor become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]

502All of you have come last and are going fast, are you not? 503Are you those who are going to come into the first division?

401सभी लास्ट सो फास्ट हो ना . sabhī last sō fast hō nā . sab[adv.hī] last sōnā[root]|sō fast hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . all last (sleep[root]|x) fast (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ . 402फर्स्ट डिवीजन में आने वाले हो  ? first division mē̃ ānē vālē hō  ? first division[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? x in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

504To come into the first number means to create a right to the kingdom.

403फर्स्ट आने वाले अर्थात् राज्य अधिकारी आत्मायें . first ānē vālē arthāt rājya adhikārī ātmāyē̃ . first[adj.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] arthāt rājya adhikārī[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . first (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who that is master soul .

505So, have all of you claimed a right to the kingdom?

404तो सभी राज्य अधिकारी हो  ? tō sabhī rājya adhikārī hō  ? tō sab[adv.hī] rājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? then all master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ? 405सतयुग-त्रेता के विश्व राज्य के तख्तनशीन समय प्रमाण कितने बनेंगे  ? satyug-trētā kē|K viśhva rājya kē|K takhtnaśhīn samay pramāṇ kitnē banē̃gē  ? satyug-trētā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K takhtnaśhīn[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? x (of|K) world kingdom (of|K) seated on the throne time (under) so become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

506According to the time, how many of you will become the rulers of the kingdom of the world in the Golden and Silver Ages?

406सब बनेंगे  ! sab banē̃gē  ! sab[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! all become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

507All of you?

407तो तख्त पर बैठेंगे या बैठने वाले के साथी होंगे  ? tō takht par baiṭhē̃gē yā baiṭhnē vālē kē|K sāthī hōṅgē  ? tō takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then throne (at|other) sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (of|K) companion be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

508Will you be seated in the throne? 509Or will you be the companions of those who are seated on the throne?

408जब सभी को सुनाते हो 21 जन्म हैं , तो कितने नम्बरवार तख्त पर बैठेंगे  ? jab sabhī kō sunātē hō 21 janm haĩ , tō kitnē number-vār takht par baiṭhē̃gē  ? jab sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.2] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number-wār takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? when all to speak[pres.pl.m.2] 21 (life|be born[root]) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then so numberwise throne (at|other) sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 409इकठ्ठे-इकठ्ठेबैठेंगे या टर्न बाई टर्न बैठेंगे  ? ikaṭhṭhē-ikaṭhṭhēbaiṭhēṅgē yā turn by turn baiṭhē̃gē  ? x yā tum by tum baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? x or you by you sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

510You tell everyone that there are 21 births (in the Golden and Silver ages) , and so how many will sit on the throne number-wise? 511Will they sit together, or in turn?

410सबसे बड़े से बड़े राज्य अधिकार का अनुभव अब संगम पर स्वराज्य का होता है . sabsē baṛē sē baṛē rājya adhikār kā anubhav ab saṅgam par svarājya kā hōtā hai . sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . the most very from very kingdom right of experience now confluence (at|other) own kingdom of be[pres.sg.m.23] .

512The greatest right to the kingdom is experienced now, at the Confluence Age, as self- sovereignty.

411मजा तो स्वराज्य अधिकारी का अभी अनुभव कर रहे हो ना . majā tō svarājya adhikārī kā abhī anubhav kar rahē hō nā . mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō svarājya adhikārī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā . pleasure then self-sovereign of now experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ .

513You are experiencing the pleasures of being a self-sovereign now, are you not?

412स्वराज्य का नशा है ना या सतयुग में जब तख्त पर बैठेंगे तब होगा  ? svarājya kā naśhā hai nā yā satyug mē̃ jab takht par baiṭhē̃gē tab hōgā  ? svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yā satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? own kingdom of intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ or golden age in when throne (at|other) sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

514You have the intoxication of self-sovereignty, do you not?

413अभी का नशा बड़ा है या सतयुग का नशा बड़ा है  ? abhī kā naśhā baṛā hai yā satyug kā naśhā baṛā hai  ? ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? now of intoxication very be[pres.sg.23] or golden age of intoxication very be[pres.sg.23]  ?

515Or will you experience that when you sit on the throne?

414 ( अभी का ) तो निश्चय से सदा कहते हो कि स्वराज्य अधिकारी सो विश्व राज्य अधिकारी . ( abhī kā ) tō niśhchay sē sadā kahtē hō ki svarājya adhikārī sō viśhva rājya adhikārī . ( ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ) tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sadā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] svarājya adhikārī[x] sōnā[root]|sō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya adhikārī[x] . ( now of ) then faith from constantly say[pres.pl.m.2] that self-sovereign (sleep[root]|x) world master . 415स्वराज्य हमारा ब्राह्मण जन्म का अधिकार है . svarājya hamārā brāhmaṇ janm kā adhikār hai . svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . own kingdom we[.kā] Brahmin (life|be born[root]) of right be[pres.sg.23] . 416याद रहता है ना कि कभी प्रजा भी बन जाते हो  ? yād rahtā hai nā ki kabhī prajā bhī ban jātē hō  ? yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ? remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that ever x too become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ?

516Is the intoxication of the present time greater, or is the intoxication of the Golden Age better? (“of the present time”) So, do you constantly say, with intoxication, that to claim a right to self-sovereignty means to claim a right to the kingdom of the world?

417प्रजा का अर्थ है अधीन रहना और राजा का अर्थ है अधिकारी . prajā kā arth|earth hai adhīn rahnā aur rājā kā arth|earth hai adhikārī . prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] adhīn[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] dependent remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and king of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] (one) who has a right .

517Self-sovereignty is the birthright of Brahmin life. 518You remember this, do you not?

418तो सदा अधिकारी रहते हो या कभी अधीन भी हो जाते हो  ? tō sadā adhikārī rahtē hō yā kabhī adhīn bhī hō jātē hō  ? tō sadā adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā kabhī[adv.] adhīn[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ? then constantly (one) who has a right remain[pres.pl.m.2] or ever dependent too be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ?

519Or do you sometimes become the subjects? 520To be a subject means to be subservient.

419अभी संगमयुग पर भी अगर ‘ सम टाइम ’ होगा तो ‘ सदा ’ कब होगा  ? abhī saṅgamyug par bhī agar ‘ sam time ’ hōgā tō ‘ sadā ’ kab hōgā  ? ab[adv.hī] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] agar ‘ sam[adj.] time ’ hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō ‘ sadā ’ kab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? now confluence age (at|other) too if ‘ x time ’ be[fut.m.sg.23] then ‘ constantly ’ when be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

521And to be a king means to be one who has complete rights.

420अभी का सदा है या भविष्य का  ? abhī kā sadā hai yā bhaviṣhya kā  ? ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā bhaviṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? now of constantly be[pres.sg.23] or future of  ? 421पाण्डव विजयी हो गये  ? pāṇḍav vijayī hō gayē  ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijayī[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ? Pandava victorious be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ?

522And so, do you constantly remain one with complete rights?

422इस समय विजयी हो या वहाँ भी जाकर रहेंगे , क्या होगा  ? is samay vijayī hō yā vahā̃ bhī jākar rahē̃gē , kyā hōgā  ? is samay[x] vijayī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā vahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[abs.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? at this time victorious (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or there too go[abs.] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , what be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

523Or do you sometimes become subservient? 524Are all of you victorious at this time?

423क्योंकि आप सभी बाप के प्यारे हो ना तो दिल तख्तनशीन हो . kyōṅki āp sabhī bāp kē|K pyārē hō nā tō dil takhtnaśhīn hō . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because you all father (of|K) loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ then heart seated on the throne (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

525Or will you be that when you go there? 526What will happen?

424तो जो दिल तख्तनशीन हैं , दिल के प्यारे हैं उसका चित्र स्वतः ही दिल में खिंचता है . tō jō dil takhtnaśhīn haĩ , dil kē|K pyārē haĩ uskā chitra svataḥ hī dil mē̃ khiñchtā hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kā] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then that heart seated on the throne be[pres.pl.12hon3] , heart (of|K) loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] picture automatically only heart in x[pres.sg.m.23] . 425आप सभी क्या कहते हो कि हम सदा कहाँ रहते हैं  ? āp sabhī kyā kahtē hō ki ham sadā kahā̃ rahtē haĩ  ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sadā kahā̃ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? you all what say[pres.pl.m.2] that we constantly where remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

527Because all of you are loved by the Father, you are seated on the heart-throne. 528So, the image of those who are seated on the heart-throne, and who are loved by the heart, is drawn on the heart.

426बाप के दिल में रहते हो ना  ? bāp kē|K dil mē̃ rahtē hō nā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? father (of|K) heart in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

529So, all of you stay in Baba’s heart, do you not?

427दिल से जुदा हो ही नहीं सकते . dil sē judā hō hī nahī̃ saktē . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] judā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . heart from separated (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

530You cannot be separated from the heart.

428कोई की हिम्मत नहीं जो दिलाराम के दिल से आपको अलग कर सके . kōī kī|key himmat nahī̃ jō dilārām kē|K dil sē āpkō alag kar sakē . kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jō[pn.;d.] dilārām kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] alag[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] . some (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage not that x (of|K) heart from you[.kō] separate do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] . 429ये पक्का निश्चय है ना  ? yē pakkā niśhchay hai nā  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? this firm faith be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

531No-one can have the courage to separate you from the heart of the Comforter of Hearts.

430गीत गाते हो ना-हम जुदा हो नहीं सकते . gīt gātē hō nā-ham judā hō nahī̃ saktē . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] x judā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . x sing[pres.pl.m.2] x separated (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

532You even sing the song that you cannot be separated.

431चाहे सारी दुनिया अलग करने की कोशिश करे तो भी नहीं हो सकते . chāhē sārī duniyā alag karnē kī|key kōśhiśh karē tō bhī nahī̃ hō saktē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] alag[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) the whole world separate do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try do[opt.sg.23] ∅ not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 432क्योंकि कोटों में कोई एक आप हो , और तो आपके आगे कुछ भी नहीं हैं . kyōṅki kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī ēk āp hō , aur tō āpkē āgē kuchh bhī nahī̃ haĩ . kyōṅki kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , aur tō āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because x in some one you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , and then you[.kē] previously anything not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

533Even if the entire world tries to separate you, you cannot be separated, because you are the only ones who are the few out of multi-millions.

433फास्ट ग्रुप की यही निशानी है ना . fast group kī|key yahī niśhānī hai nā . fast group karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . fast group (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this sign be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

534Those people are nothing compared to you.

434शरीर छूट जाये लेकिन दिलतख्त नहीं छूट सकता . śharīr chhūṭ jāyē lēkin diltakhta nahī̃ chhūṭ saktā . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhūṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] lēkin diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chhūṭnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . body let go[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] but heart throne not let go[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

535This is the sign of being a group that moves fast.

435इतना पक्का है ना  ? itnā pakkā hai nā  ? itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ? 436तो ये तख्त किसको मिलता है  ? tō yē takht kiskō miltā hai  ? tō yah[pn.pl.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] milnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then this throne who[.kō] receive[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

536Even if the body is shed, you cannot leave the heart-throne.

437जो पदमापदमभाग्यवान हैं . jō padamāpadamabhāgyavān haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

537Is it this firm?

438तो छोड़ेंगे कैसे  ? tō chhōṛē̃gē kaisē  ? tō chhōṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? then renounce[fut.m.pl.12hon3] how  ?

538So, who can receive this throne?

439चैलेन्ज करते हो कि भले ट्रॉयल करो . challenge kartē hō ki bhalē trial karō . challenge karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . challenge do[pres.pl.m.2] that benefit try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

539Those who are multi-million-fold fortunate.

440इतने अटल हो ना . itnē aṭal hō nā . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aṭal[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . such unshakeable (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

540So, how can you leave it?

441बच्चों की हिम्मत को देख बाप भी बलिहार जाते हैं . bachchō̃ kī|key himmat kō dēkh bāp bhī balihār jātē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] balihār jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage to see[root] father too surrender oneself .

541You even issue a challenge to try it out. 542You are that unshakeable, are you not?

442दुनिया के आगे फखर से कहते हो कि हम परमात्म प्यारे बन गये . duniyā kē āgē phakhar sē kahtē hō ki ham paramātma pyārē ban gayē . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kē āgē[x] x sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . world in front of x from say[pres.pl.m.2] that we Supreme Soul loving become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

543Seeing the courage of the children, the Father even sacrifices himself.

443इसी फखर में रहने वाले फ़्रिक से फरिग हो . isī phakhar mē̃ rahnē vālē frik sē pharig hō . yah[pn.sg.hī] x mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x sē[postp.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this[.hī] x in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x from x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

544You tell the people of the world that you have become those who are loved by God.

444फ़्रिकसब खत्म हो गई ना कि एक दो कोने में रह गया  ? frikasab khatm hō gaī nā ki ēk dō kōnē mē̃ rah gayā  ? x ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? x finished be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ that one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) corner in remain[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ?

545Those who maintain this intoxication remain beyond any type of worry.

445कोई जेब में छिपा हुआ तो रह नहीं गया  ? kōī jēb mē̃ chhipā huā tō rah nahī̃ gayā  ? kōī[pn.;d.] jēb[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chhipnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chhipānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? some pocket in (secretly[past-part.m.sg.d.]|hide[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then remain[root] not go[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

546All of your worries have finished, have they not?

446जब बाप साथ है तो बेफ़्रिकबादशाह हो . jab bāp sāth hai tō bēfrikabādaśāh hō . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . when father with be[pres.sg.23] then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

547Or is there a little worry left in some corner?

447बाप को सब फ़्रिकदे दी ना  ? bāp kō sab frikadē dī|the nā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sab[adj.] x dēnā[past-part.f.]|the nā  ? father to all x (give[past-part.f.]|the) ∅  ?

548It is not hidden away in any pocket, is it?

448देने में होशियार हो ना  ? dēnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hō nā  ? dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ? 449कि सम्भालने में होशियार हो  ? ki sambhālnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hō  ? ki[conj.] sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? that be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

549When the Father is with you, you are the carefree emperors.

450देने में भी होशियार हो और लेने में भी होशियार हो  ! dēnē mē̃ bhī hōśhiyār hō aur lēnē mē̃ bhī hōśhiyār hō  ! dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ! give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and take[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  !

550You have given all of your worries to the Father, have you not?

451कभी गलती से कहते हो कि मेरा मन आज थोड़ा-सा उदास है , तो मेरा है क्या  ? kabhī galatī|galtī sē kahtē hō ki mērā man āj thōṛā-sā udās hai , tō mērā hai kyā  ? kabhī[adv.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] āj thōṛā-sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] udās[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? ever (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from say[pres.pl.m.2] that I[.kā] mind today a small amount of unhappy be[pres.sg.23] , then I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

551You are clever in giving them, are you not? 552Or are you clever in looking after them?

452या तेरा हो गया  ? yā tērā hō gayā  ? yā tū[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? or you[.kā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? 453या उस समय मेरा हो जाता है  ? yā us samay mērā hō jātā hai  ? yā vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ? or that time I[.kā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ?

553You are clever in giving, and also clever in receiving.

454मेरा मन नहीं लगता , मेरा मन नहीं करता-ये बोल ही व्यर्थ बोल हैं . mērā man nahī̃ lagtā , mērā man nahī̃ karatā-yē bōl hī vyarth bōl haĩ . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] x bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] hī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . I[.kā] mind not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , I[.kā] mind not x (x|speak[root]) only wasteful (x|speak[root]) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

554Sometimes you say by mistake that your mind is a little sad. 555Is it really yours? 556Or has it become “Yours”?

455मेरा कहना माना मुश्किल में पड़ना . mērā kahnā mānā muśhkil mē̃ paṛnā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . I[.kā] say[inf.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) difficult in fall[inf.m.sg.d.] .

557Or does it belong to yourself at that time?

456तो मन दे दिया है या रख दिया है  ? tō man dē diyā hai yā rakh diyā hai  ? tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] yā rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]  ? then mind give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] or keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]  ? 457या कभी-कभी वापस ले लेते हो  ? yā kabhī-kabhī vāpas lē lētē hō  ? yā kabhī[adv.] vāpis, vāpas lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā]  ? or ever back take[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā]  ?

558“My mind does not feel like it.. my mind doesn’t think this..”: these words are wasteful words.

458तो ब्राह्मणों की भाषा क्या है  ? tō brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key bhāṣhā kyā hai  ? tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) language what be[pres.sg.23]  ? 459मेरा या तेरा  ? mērā yā tērā  ? maĩ[pn.sg.kā] yā tū[pn.sg.kā]  ? I[.kā] or you[.kā]  ?

559To say that it belongs to yourself means to fall into difficulty.

460तो क्यों सोचते हो  ? tō kyō̃ sōchtē hō  ? tō kyō̃ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then why think[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

560So, have you given your mind?

461ये डिक्शनरी की भाषा ही नहीं है . yē dictionary kī|key bhāṣhā hī nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] dictionary karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) language only not be[pres.sg.23] .

561Or have you kept it with yourself? 562Or do you sometimes take it back?

462मेरा-मेरा कहकर मैला कर देते हैं . mērā-mērā kahkar mailā kar dētē haĩ . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[abs.] mailā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . I[.kā] say[abs.] dirty do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

563What is the language of Brahmins? 564“Mine” or “Yours”?

463मन दे दिया , तन दे दिया , धन दे दिया , ट्रस्टी हो , मेरा नहीं है . man dē diyā , tan dē diyā , dhan dē diyā , trustee hō , mērā nahī̃ hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , trustee hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mērā nahī̃[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mind give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , body give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , wealth give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , trustee (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Nothing is "mine" be[pres.sg.23] .

565So why do you then still have to think? 566This is not the language in the vocabulary.

464ट्रस्टी हो या गृहस्थी हो  ? trustee hō yā gr̥ihasthī hō  ? trustee hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? trustee (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

567By saying it is yours, you make it dirty.

465गृहस्थी माना मेरा , ट्रस्टी माना तेरा . gr̥ihasthī mānā mērā , trustee mānā tērā . gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] , trustee mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tū[pn.sg.kā] . x (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) I[.kā] , trustee (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) you[.kā] . 466कौन हो सभी  ? kaun hō sabhī  ? kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sab[adv.hī]  ? who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) all  ? 467अपने में ट्रस्ट है  ? apnē mē̃ trust hai  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] trust hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? one’s own in x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

568You have given your mind, you have given your body, and you have given your wealth.

468बाप तो स्वयं ऑफर करता है मैं आपके साथ हूँ . bāp tō svayã offer kartā hai maĩ āpkē sāth hū̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō svayã offer karnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . father then x offer do[pres.sg.m.23] I you[.kē] with be[pres.sg.1] .

569You are a trustee, and so it does not belong to you.

469अच्छा , विश्व कल्याण के यज्ञकुण्ड भिन्न-भिन्न देशों में प्रज्जवलित कर लिये . achchhā , viśhva kalyāṇ kē|K yajñakuṇḍa bhinn-bhinn dēśhō̃ mē̃ prajjavalit kar liyē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x bhinn[adj.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] prajvalit[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] . achcha , world benefit (of|K) x different land in x do[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] .

570Are you a trustee or a householder? 571To be a householder means to have the consciousness of “mine”.

470बापदादा अनेक देशों में मैसेज देने वाले सेवाधारी बच्चों को देख बहुत हर्षितहोते हैं कि वाह मेरे बच्चे वाह  ! bāpdādā anēk dēśhō̃ mē̃ message dēnē vālē sēvādhārī bachchō̃ kō dēkh bahut harṣitahōtē haĩ ki vāh mērē bachchē vāh  ! bāpdādā anēk[adj.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] message dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bahut x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! BapDada many land in message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who server child to see[root] very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that wah! I[.kē] child wah!  !

572And to be a trustee means to have the consciousness of it belonging to “You”. 573So, do you have this trust in yourself?

471कौन हो  ? kaun hō  ? kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

574Achcha.

472वाह-वाह बच्चे . vāh-vāh bachchē . vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . wah! child . 473वाह-वाह हो ना . vāh-vāh hō nā . vāh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . wah! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ . 474हाय-हाय करने वाले तो नहीं ना  ? hāy-hāy karnē vālē tō nahī̃ nā  ? hāy karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] nā  ? Hai! do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then not ∅  ?

575You have lit the sacrificial fires for world benefit in many countries.

475अच्छा , बाप विश्व कल्याणकारी है ना तो कोई भी एरिया वंचित न रहे . achchhā , bāp viśhva kalyāṇkārī hai nā tō kōī bhī area vañchit na rahē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō kōī bhī[x] area vañchit[adj.] na[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . achcha , father world beneficial be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then anyone x deprived not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

576Seeing the server children, who give the message in many countries, BapDada is happy with them, and says: Wah! 577My children, wah!

476कोने-कोने से , चाहे एक निकले , चाहे दो निकले , लेकिन निकलने जरूर हैं . kōnē-kōnē sē , chāhē ēk nikalē , chāhē dō nikalē , lēkin nikalnē jarūr haĩ . kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ēk[adj.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin nikalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] zarūr hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . corner from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) one (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) , x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) , but be extracted[inf.m.pl.,o.] definitely be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

578All of you are wonderful are you not? 579You are not those who are going to cry out in distress, are you? 580Achcha.

477तो वृद्धि तो होनी है . tō vr̥iddhi tō hōnī hai . tō vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then growth then be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 478तो हिम्मत है , मदद भी है . tō himmat hai , madad bhī hai . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , madad[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then courage be[pres.sg.23] , x too be[pres.sg.23] .

581The Father is the World Benefactor, and so no area should remain deprived.

479जहाँ बाप का हाथ है वहाँ सफलता है ही है . jahā̃ bāp kā hāth hai vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī hai . jahā̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there father of hand be[pres.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] . 480बाप की श्रीमत का हाथ अर्थात् वरदान का हाथ . bāp kī|key śhrīmat kā hāth arthāt vardān kā hāth . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shrimat of hand that is blessing of hand .

582From every corner, even if only one or two emerge, there is definitely someone or other emerging.

481कोई भी कार्य करते हो तो पहले ये स्मृति में लाओ कि श्रीमत का हाथ , वरदान का हाथ सदा हमारे ऊपर है . kōī bhī kārya kartē hō tō pahlē yē smr̥iti mē̃ lāō ki śhrīmat kā hāth , vardān kā hāth sadā hamārē ūpar hai . kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.pl.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā ham[pn.pl.kē] ūpar hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone task do[pres.pl.m.2] then (x|firstly) this awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that shrimat of hand , blessing of hand constantly we[.kē] over be[pres.sg.23] .

583Expansion has to take place. 584So, you have courage, and you also receive help. 585Achcha. 586* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used